Home

Connecting SITRANS LUT400 - Lesman Instrument Company

1. Vessel Type See page BS 3680 Rectangular Hume 105 BS 3680 Round Nose Horizontal Crest Weir 106 BS 3680 Trapezoidal Flume 107 BS 3680 0 108 BS 3680 Finite Crest Weir 109 BS 3680 Thin Plate Rectangular Weir 110 BS 3680 Thin Plate V Notch Weir 111 Rectangular Weir Contracted 112 Round Pipe 113 Palmer Bowlus Hume 114 H Flume 115 D 2 Exponential For most other weir and flume types exponents provided by the manufacturer are 5 entered Flow is calculated using the exponent 275 32 Flow Exponent and the maximum values 2 75 33 Maximum Headand 275 34 Maximum Flow at 20 mA 5 Vessel Type See page E Standard Weirs 116 Parshall Hume 101 Leopold Lagco Flume 102 Cut Throat Flume 103 3 Universal For all other PMDs the head to flow curve can be plotted based on known breakpoints usually supplied by the PMD manufacturer Vessel Type See page Typical How characterization 116 Example flumes 117 Example weirs 118 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 97 Method of Flow Calculation When using the SITRANS LUT400 in a flow application the Method of Flow Calculation 215 31 must be selected There are two possible methods for calculating flow with the SITRANS LUT400 absolute or ratiometric and different information must be entered for the device to carry out the calculation For more details
2. transducer Front View 5 Side View flow Lm The transducer must be above the maximum head by at least the blanking value see 224 Near Range Parameter Value 2151 Primary Measuring Device PMD 3680 Thin Plate Rectangular Weir 215 4 PMD Dimensions Approach Width B Crest Width b Crest Height p 215 323 Maximum Head 225 Far Range 2153 7 Flowrate Units 21531 Method of Flow Calculation 21534 Maximum Flow at 20 mA Page 110 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 BS 3680 Thin Plate V Notch Weir Diagonal View 4t05 X EH ig Front View e transducer 7 8 Side View Zero Head TIS s flow UT mis E 2 5 The transducer must be above the maximum head by at least the blanking value see 224 Vear Range Parameter Value 2151 Primary Measuring Device PMD BS 3680 Thin Plate V Notch Weir 2154 PMD Dimensions Notch angle a 215 33 Maximum Head 225 Far Range 2153 7 Flowrate Units 21531 Method of Flow Calculation 21534 Maximum Flow at 20 mA 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 111 Rectangular Weir Contracted Diagonal View 4to 5X hmax DIEM transducer Front View 5 Si
3. 2 15 3 8 User Defined Unit Set the unit text to display for current flow when 2 15 3 7 Flowrate Units set to user defined Limited to 16 ASCII characters Notes The text entered is simply for display purposes No unit conversion occurs 2 15 3 9 Low Flow Cutoff Eliminates totalizer activity for head levels at or below the cutoff value Range 0 000 to 60 000 Default 0 000 Enter the minimum head in 277Units where totalizer activity should cease Values 2 15 4 PMD Dimensions The dimensions of the Primary Measuring Device PMD The dimensions of the vessel wet well or reservoir are only important if you require volume 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 193 79 2 2 a Parameters The following table is a reference to the parameters that must be set for each PMD Parameter definitio ns follow the table Supported PMD Dimensions required Exponential Devices 21532 Flow Exponent 21541 K Factor Rectangular Flume BS 3680 2154 5 OCM Dimension 1 approach width B 21546 0CM Dimension 2 throat width b 21547 Dimension 3 hump height p 215 48 OCM Dimension 4 throat length L Round Nose Horizontal Crest Weir BS 3680 2154 5 OCM Dimension 1 crest width b 21546 0CM Dimension 2 crest height p 21547 0CM Dimension 3 crest length L
4. seen Operation via Field Communicator 375 475 FC375 FC475 HART Features and Functions isset Startup and Configuration Operation via FDT Field Device Tool Features and Functions Startup and Configuration Device Type Manager DTM SITRANS DTM version 3 1 Electronic Device Description EDD c cssssssscssssssecsssssssccssssescsssseessssssessesssesess Parameter reference LUI essent treten ntes Wizards Set p Maintenance and Diagnostics Communication Security Language Alphabetical parameter list Service and Maintenance esent nnn tenete enata Firmware updates Transferring parameters using LUT400 display lid 225 Replacing the Battery Decontamination Declaration Diagnosing and Troubleshooting Communication Troubleshooting E Device Status ICONS General Fault Codes Common Problems Chart Noise Problems iere onsite retta tal vane Determine the Noise Source Non Transducer Noise Sources 241 Common Wiring Problems
5. 241 Reducing Electrical Noise 241 Reducing Acoustical Noise 242 Measurement Difficulties 242 9590 itte 242 Adjust Transducer 242 Increase Fail safe Timer Value 243 Install a Transducer with a Narrower Beam Fixed Reading Obstructions in the Sound Beam Nozzle Mountings Set the SITRANS LUT400 to Ignore the Bad Echo 6 Wrong Headifig tice retener critt Types of Wrong Readings Liquid Splashing iet rete end tee se Adjust the Echo Algorithm Transducer Ringing a Echo Profile Display 1 3 a ER Trend Display nte tec ce dee ed oan re eee Performance Interface Environmental at EH PR peices E Dimension Drawings 22222 0 42224 202 241 4 24 4 4 22 040 48 074 0 02 0704 44040000040 00 Appendix Technical Reference 2222 2 1 Principles of Operation Process Variables Transmit Pulse oL qae ae eoa Echo Processing det eed Ech
6. 5 General Fault Codes Continued Code Code E LUI PDM Meaning Corrective Action icon icon E 127 127 Verify that the drive where the log file Failed to close log file resides is not full Copy the log file to a mn computer and delete it from the device 128 128 Verify that the drive where the log file Log file read error S WA Error reading file Unexpected error fesides isot full Copy the log mle p computer and delete it from the device Log file write error Copy the log file to a computer and Error writing file The file could not delete it from the device be written the disk is full 84759 130 130 Configuration error Adjust correct relay assignments or ne or more settings invalid setpoints red Parameter backup did not succeed pd Repair required Contact your local Communication or file system p 1 y Siemens representative ad problems 132 132 User input required Manually force recovery Serial numbers mismatch Set parameter 232 Backup Control red Simulation is active 133 133 Enable or disable simulation via LUI Simulation Enabled 3411 Level Simulation Enable 34 21 zl a Discrete Input 1 3422 Discrete Input 4 Common Problems Chart Symptom Possible Cause Action Display blank trans No power incorrect power Che
7. a Discrete Inputs used with internal bias supply DISCRETE INPUTS 1 24 DC SYNC 6 7 8 9 Note terminals 6 and 7 must be connected together Discrete Inputs used with external bias voltage DISCRETE INPUTS 1 2 0 6 7 8 9 28 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Remote mounted lid with extension cable The optional display lid can be mounted remotely up to 5 m from the device The optional extension cable can be used for such an installation 1 Remove display lid from the enclosure 2 Carefully disconnect the existing display cable from the terminal board 3 Separate from the device knock out cable entry tab on blank lid a With gasket in place use snips to cut into lid on both sides of the cable entry knockout Use cutting guideline to cut from bottom of lid up to bottom of groove as shown below b Once both sides of knockout have been cut through all layers of the lid including the gasket pry upward with pliers on knockout to snap off plastic and uncover cable entry hole blank lid groove bottom of groove cable entry knockout T cutting guideline bottom of lid c Use sand paper if necessary to smooth any sharp edges d Replace the blank lid on the enclosure WARNINGS e Ingress protection of the enclosure is reduced to IP20 and Type 4X NEMA 4X rating is void when cable
8. 2 8 10 4 Assigned Relay Determines which relay if any will be activated when the Low Flowrate Alarm activates NO RELAY d RELAY 1 Options RELAY 2 RELAY 3 2 8 10 5 Alarm State Read only Used to view the current state of the Low Flowrate Alarm ACTIVE INACTIVE Options 2 8 11 Relay Logic Relay contact operation is NORMALLY CLOSED for alarms and NORMALLY OPEN for controls By default an alarm contact is Normally Closed When an alarm activates the corresponding relay coil is de energized By setting this parameter to Normally Open the relay coil will be energized when an alarm assigned to the relay activates 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 169 79 2 g oO oO a Parameters 2 8 11 1 Relay 1 Logic Use to change the behaviour of Relay 1 when assigned to an alarm NORMALLY OPEN NORMALLY CLOSED Options 2 8 11 2 Relay 2 Logic Use to change the behaviour of Relay 2 when assigned to an alarm NORMALLY OPEN NORMALLY CLOSED Options 2 8 11 3 Relay 3 Logic Use to change the behaviour of Helay 3 when assigned to an alarm NORMALLY OPEN NORMALLY CLOSED Options 2 8 12 Time To Spill Used to predict when an overflow spill condition may occur This feature works in conjunction with the 28 T High Level Alarm 2 8 12
9. 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 227 Notes o o o gt Page 228 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Diagnosing and Troubleshooting Notes Many of the parameters referenced and techniques described here require a good understanding of ultrasonic technologies and Siemens echo processing software Use this information with caution Ifthe setup becomes too confusing do a 223 Master Resetand start again e Asa further resource Understanding Ultrasonic Level Measurementis available on our website Go to www siemens com level Communication Troubleshooting Generally 1 Check the following There is power at the device The optional LCD is showing the relevant data The device can be programmed using the local push buttons e If any fault codes are being displayed see General Fault Codes on page 231 for a detailed list 2 Verify that the wiring connections are correct Specifically 1 SITRANS LUT400 is set to communicate via a HART modem but communication is returning to the master e Check that the device address is set correctly for the HART network 2 ASITRANS LUT400 parameter is set via remote communications but the parameter remains unchanged setting the parameter from the local push buttons If it can not be set using the buttons ensure 57 Write Protectionis set to the unlock
10. Enter up to 32 level breakpoints where the corresponding volume is known The values corresponding to 0 and 10096 levels must be entered and breakpoints can be ordered from top to bottom or the reverse Breakpoints are grouped into four tables Table 1 8 Table 9 16 Table 17 24 and Table 25 32 Entering breakpoints via SIMATIC PDM See Using Linearization via the Quick Start wizard in the LUT400 Communications manual Entering breakpoints via the local push buttons a The default unit for level values is m to change it navigate to Setup 2 gt Sensor 21 gt Units 2 1 1 and select the desired unit b Navigate to Setup 2 gt Volume 2 6 gt Table 1 8 2 6 7 and enter the value c Goto the appropriate table for the particular breakpoint you wish to adjust for example go to Table 1 8 for breakpoint 1 d Under Table 1 8 go to Level 1 2 6 71 to enter the level value for the breakpoint 1 e Under Table 1 8 go to Volume 1 2 6 7 2 to enter the volume value for the breakpoint 1 f Repeat steps c to e until values have been entered for all required breakpoints 2 6 7 1 Level 1 a Press RIGHT arrow to open Edit mode b Enterlevel value and press RIGHT arrow to accept it c Press Down ARROW to move to corresponding volume breakpoint 26 72 Volume 1 a Press RIGHT arrow to open Edit mode b Enter volume value and press RIGHT arrow to accept it c Press Down ARROW to move to
11. 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 221 Parameters Parameter Name Parameter Number Page Number Peak 3 Start Time 2 12 2 1 156 Peak 4 End Time 2 1 2 2 10 157 Peak 4 Start Time 2 12 29 157 Peak 5 End Time 2 12 212 157 Peak 5 Start Time 2 12 211 157 Peak Lead Time 2 12 2 2 155 Peak OFF Setpoint Pump 1 2 1 2 214 158 Peak OFF Setpoint Pump 2 2 1 2 2 16 158 Peak ON Setpoint Pump 2 2 1 2 215 158 PMD Dimensions 215 4 193 Power Resumption Delay 2 1 2 4 2 160 Power on Hesets 3 2 4 201 Power on Time 3 2 5 201 Primary Measuring Device PMD 2151 190 Process Temperature 21212 179 Process Value Log 2101 174 Process Values Log Rate 2101 2 174 Product 31 6 199 Pump 1 Discrete Input 2 9 3 2 173 Pump 2 Discrete Input 2 9 3 4 173 Pump Activations 3 4 3 215 Pump Control 1 2 138 Pump Control Enable 2 71 1 151 Pump Control Mode 2 71 4 151 Pump Interlock 2 9 3 173 Pump Records 3 2 1 202 Pump Run On 27 2 3 159 Pump Start Delays 2 1 2 4 160 Pumps 2 1 151 PV 3 2 6 4 201 QS How 11 3 138 QS Level 111 138 05 Volume 112 138 Quick Start 41 138 8443 214 Ramp Hate 3 41 4 214 Rapid Flow Log Interval 2 10 3 5 175 Rap
12. The transducer must be above the maximum head by least the blanking value see 224 Near Range Application information e Sized by throat width e Seton solid foundation For rated flows under free flow conditions the head is measured at 26 the length of the converging section from the beginning of the throat section Parameter Value 215 1 Primary Measuring Device PMD Exponential Devices 21532 Flow Exponent 1522 1 607 21533 Maximum Head 215 3 4 Maximum Flow at 20 mA 21541 K Facto a E gt i a Typical Flow Exponent range for Parshall Flume consult your flume documen tation b Required for exponential device absolute calculation only 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 101 Leopold Lagco Flume Plan View throat flow Mone Front View converging diverging transducer point of measurement Side View Zero Head The transducer must be above the maximum head by at least the blanking value see 224 Near Range Parameter Value 2151 Primary Measuring Device PMD Exponential Devices 2153 2 Flow Exponent 1547 21533 Maximum Head 21534 Maximum Flow at 20 mA 215 35 Zero Head Offset 21537 Flowrate Units 21541 K FactoP a iS o o Typical Flow Exponent for Leopold Lagco Flume consult your flume documen tation b Req
13. use the UP and DOWN arrow to increase or decrease the digit respectively While decimal point is selected use UP A and DOWN arrow to shift decimal position To escape without saving your changes press LEFT arrow lt continually until ESC is highlighted Press LEFT arrow lt again to escape without saving changes Otherwise when new parameter value is correct press RIGHT arrow continually until OK is highlighted Press RIGHT arrow to accept the new value The LCD returns to parameter view and displays the new selection Review for accuracy Key functions in Edit mode Function Scrolls to item Selecting UP or options St arrow numeric editing Increments or decrements digits Toggles plus and minus sign 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 37 8 5 Key Name Function Continued Selecting Accepts the data writes the parameter options Changes from Edit to Navigation mode RIGHT Moves cursor one space to the right arrow Numeric or with selection highlighted accepts the editing data and changes from Edit to Navigation mode Selecting Cancels Edit mode without changing the options parameter LEFT arrow Moves cursor to plus minus sign if this is the Numeric first key pressed editing or moves cursor one space to the left or with cursor on Enter sign c
14. 10 32 V DC 10W 5 e Fuse 5 x 20 mm Slow Blow 1 6A 125V 8 Performance 5 5 Range e 0 3 to 60 m 1 to 196 ft dependent on transducer Accuracy measured under Reference Conditions similar to IEC 60770 1 e Standard operation 1 mm 0 04 plus 017 96 of distance High accuracy 0 2 1 mm 0 04 within m 9 84 ft range Resolution measured under Reference Conditions similar to IEC 60770 1 e Standard operation 01 96 of range or 2 mm 0 08 whichever is greater High accuracy 0 2 0 6 mm 0 02 within 3 m 9 84 ft range Reference operating conditions according to IEC 60770 1 ambient temperature 15 to 25 C 59 to 77 F humidity 45 to 7596 relative humidity ambient pressure 860 to 1060 mbar g 86 000 to 106 000 N m g Temperature Compensation Range 40 to 150 C 40 to 300 F M Power consumption is listed at maximum 2 Ahigh accuracy configuration consists of the LUT440 OCM model using XRS 5 transducer TS 3 temperature sensor and a Low Calibration Point of 3 m or less Under severe EMI EMC environments per IEC 61326 1 the DC powered device may have an additional error increase of up to 0 5 mm 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 247 Source Integral transducer sensor TS 3temperature sensor Average integral transducer and TS 3 Programmable fixed temperature Temperature
15. Fail safe and Simulation 122 HART status xit aea bte etur 122 Simulation process eese ttt tttttnnnnnnttttttntnnnnis 122 Application test d SITRANS LUT400 Communication Systems 124 107400 Communications HART 124 HART Version Burst mode niei titt t n etc E e ie dab HART multi drop mode 125 SIMATIC 125 HART Electronic Device Description EDD s 125 HART Status 125 LUT400 Communication connections Configuring communication ports HART modem Foch mee o Communication troubleshooting Remote operation Operation via SIMATIC PDM 6 HART Featur s and Functions tbe Startup and Configuration SIMATIC PDM version Electronic Device Description EDD e 128 Operation via Web Browser USB sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssssseesssssssscssssescssssscsesssssesesssseessssees 129 Features and Functions Startup and Configuration 129 Operation via AMS Device Manager HART eerte 131 Features and Functions Startup and Configuration Electronic Device Description EDD
16. i oO 2 r i Sample values denoted by asterisks in illustration on page 80 Set the OFF Setpoints Sample Parameter 4 Description Value 2717 OFF Setpoint Pump 1 0 5 Sets the level at which pump 1 turns off The first cycle will use this setpoint Subsequent cycles rotate the setpoint among the pumps For example In cycle 1 pump 1 turns off at 0 5 m In the next cycle pump 2 will turn off at 0 5 m 2719 OFF Setpoint Pump 2 0 6 Sets the level at which pump 2 turns off a Sample values denoted by asterisks in illustration on page 80 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 81 Other Pump Control algorithms Set Relays to ALTERNATE DUTY BACKUP ADB Parameter Value Description 2714 Pump Control Mode Sets the control algorithm used to trip the pump relay to ALTERNATE DUTY BACKUP Only one pump can run ata time or 2715 Pump Control Mode Set the ON Setpoints Sample Value 2716 ON Setpoint Pump 1 13 Sets the level at which pump 1 turns on The first cycle will use this setpoint Subsequent cycles rotate the setpoint among the pumps 2718 ON Setpoint Pump 2 12 Sets the level at which pump 2 turns Parameter Description Set the OFF Setpoints Sample Value 2717 OFF Setpoint Pump 1 04m Sets the level at which pump 1 turns off The first cycle will use this setpoint Subsequent cycles rotate the setpoi
17. NONE LINEAR CYLINDER PARABOLIC BOTTOM HALF SPHERE BOTTOM FLAT SLOPED BOTTOM PARABOLIC ENDS SPHERE CONICAL BOTTOM ptions CURVE TABLE LINEAR TABLE Default LINEAR See Vesse Shape on page 147 for illustration If CURVE TABLE or LINEAR TABLE selected enter values for level and volume breakpoints after completing the wizard see 267 Table 1 8 on page 150 Units Sensor measurement units Dotions M CM MM FT IN p Default M Note For the purpose of this example all values are assumed to be in meters m Page 44 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML1998MVO1 High Calibration Point Distance from Sensor Reference Point to High Calibration Point usually process full level Range 0 000 to 60 000 Value 9 Default 0 000 Low Calibration Point Distance from Sensor Reference Point to Low Calibration Point usually process empty level Range 0 000 to 60 000 Value L Default 60 000 Response Rate Sets the reaction speed of the device to measurement changes in the target range Notes Response Rate can only be set through the Quick Start Wizard and any changes made to Fill Rate per Minute 2 3 1 or Empty Rate per Minute 2 3 2 parameters following the completion of the wizard will supersede the Response Rate setting Response Rate always displays in m minute SLOW 0 1 M MIN MEDIUM 1 0 M MIN
18. Connecting HART Typical PLC mA configuration with Passive HART connection power supply HART Typical PLC mA configuration with Active HART connection SITRANS LUT400 PLC 7 HART HART communicator mA Output HART For ACTIVE HART connection using LUT400 integral power supply connect terminals 22 and 23 mA OUT HART eo ee For PASSIVE HART mmm mmm connection using 22 23 24 external power 121 supply connect E terminals 23 and 24 PAS ACT For more information consult the mA output parameters 2 5 Current Output in the parameter reference section 1 Depending on the system design the power supply may be separate from the PLC or integral to it 2 The nominal value for the HART resistor is 250 Ohm For more information see application guide Working with HART which can be downloaded from the product page of our website Go to wwwsiemens com sitransLUT400 under Support and click on Application Guides Page 26 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Level system synchronization Note The SITRANS LUT400 CANNOT be synchronized with the MultiRanger Plus the original HydroRanger or the OCMIII When using multiple ultrasonic level monitors be sure to run the transducer cables in separate grou
19. Discrete Input LOGIC dr mA output Verifying the mA range a S dtes UND ReadiNgS mn Vessel Shape and Dimensions ssscssssssssscscsssssssscessssssseeseessssnsesseesesssetesseessssntessesesesess 73 Characterization Chart escssssssssssssssssessssesssessssssessssessssessssssssscesssesssseessssessssesssesessseesssesenssaes 73 Level 9 In bounds Out of bounds Range e 77 idee eire 78 Switch Discrete Input Alarm Fail safe Fault Alarm Flowrate 19 gunniEhe 79 Pump Control options 80 Pump Control 80 Setting a pump down wet well group 80 Other Pump Control algorithms 82 Setting a pump up reservoir group 2 4 24 024 2 ener 85 Pump Control Interlocks 87 Other Pump Controls 87 Totalizing pumped volume 88 Setting a pump to 88 Setting the pump start delays ettet 89 Reducing wall 90 Saving energy Tracking pump usage 92
20. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Installing and Mounting Installing Notes e Installation must only be performed by qualified personnel and in accordance with local governing regulations e This product is susceptible to electrostatic shock Follow proper grounding procedures A All field wiring must have insulation suitable for at least 250V Hazardous voltages present on transducer terminals during operation AN DC input terminals shall be supplied from a source providing electrical isolation between the input and output in order to meet applicable safety requirements of IEC 61010 1 e Relay contact terminals are for use with equipment that has no accessible live parts and wiring that has insulation suitable for at least 250 V The maximum allowable working voltage between adjacent relay contacts shall be 250 V e non metallic enclosure does not provide grounding between conduit connections Use grounding type bushings and jumpers Mounting locations Recommended e Ambient temperature is always within 20 to 50 C 4 to 122 F e SITRANS LUT400 display window is at shoulder level unless most interaction is through a SCADA system e Easyaccess to local push buttons is provided e Cable length requirements are minimized e Mounting surface is free from vibration e Sufficient room to swing device lid open and have clear access e Aplace for laptop computer is provided for on site configurat
21. the menu View Device Status and click on the tab Maintenance b In the Device Lifetime section click on Acknowledge Warnings To acknowledge a reminder via the local push buttons a Navigate to Maintenance and Diagnostics 3 gt Maintenance 3 3 gt Remaining Device Life 3 3 3 gt Acknowledged 3 3 3 9 and RIGHT arrow to acknowledge the reminder Remaining Sensor Life Notes Four sets of parameters allow you to monitor the Device Sensor Lifetimes and set up Maintenance Service schedules based on operating hours instead of a calendar based schedule See also Remaining Device Life 3 3 3 Service Schedule 3 3 5 and Calibration Schedule 3 3 6 Performing a reset to Factory Defaults will reset all the Maintenance Schedule parameters to their factory defaults The device operates in years To view Remaining Sensor Lifetime parameters in hours or days only via SIMATIC PDM PACTware FDT and AMS see Lifetime Expected 3 3 41 The device monitors the predicted lifetime of the sensor the components exposed to the vessel environment You can modify the expected sensor lifetime set up schedules for maintenance reminders and acknowledge them Page 206 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 To access these parameters via SIMATIC PDM e Open the menu Device Maintenance and select the Remaining Sensor Lifetime tab For more details see Maintenance LUT400 Communic
22. Range 60 000 to 60 000 Values Default 0 000 Use this parameter when the reported head is consistently high or low by a fixed amount Before using this feature verify the following parameters are correct e 221Low Calibration Point 21212 Temperature With HEAD steady a Measure the actual head e g with a tape measure or solid rule b Enterthe actual head value The deviation between the entered head value and the calibrated value is stored in 2 53 5Zero Head Offset Page 190 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 2 15 3 Basic Setup 2 15 3 1 Method of Flow Calculation Sets the method of flow calculation ABSOLUTE RATIOMETRIC Options Set this parameter to Ratiometric only if the primary measuring device PMD supports ratiometric calculations Note that Palmer Bowlus Flume and H Flume support ratiometric calculations only For more details on Absolute and Ratiometric calculations see Method of Flow Calculation on page 266 2 15 3 2 Flow Exponent The exponent for the flow calculation formula Range 999 000 to 9999 000 Default 1 550 Values Use this parameter if the PMD is set to Exponential devices It creates an exponential curve with end points set by 27 3 3 Maximum Head and 215 3 5 Zero Head Offset and with the curve based on the specified exponent for flow exponent 1 Max Flow 9
23. The calculated flowrate defined in Howrate Units 2 15 37 2 13 Display Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 2 13 1 Local Display Backlight Time the backlight remains on OFF TON TIMED on for five minutes after key press takes effect in Measurement View only Options Available only via LUI Page 186 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT 2 132 LCD Contrast The factory setting is for optimum visibility at room temperature and in average light conditions Extremes of temperature will lessen the contrast Range 0 Low contrast to 20 High contrast Default 10 Values Adjust the value to improve visibility in different temperatures and luminosity Available only via LUI and web browser 2 14 Date and Time Enter the current date and time using the local push buttons Parameter Edit mode displays a string editor Using the string editor a Use RIGHT LEFT arrow to select the character position in the parameter field to be edited DATE YYYY MM DD 2 14 1 678903 abcdefg v 61 11 072 gt MNOPORSTUVWXYZ 01234 b As each character is highlighted selected use the UP DOWN arrow to change the character e Use the DOWN arrow to select a character from the string abovethe parameter value e Use the UP arrow to select a character f
24. Trapezoidal Flume BS 3680 2154 5 OCM Dimension 1 approach width B 21546 OCM Dimension 2 throat width b 21547 Dimension 3 hump height p 215 48 OCM Dimension 4 throat length L 215 43 Slope U Flume BS 3680 21545 Dimension 1 approach diameter Da 21546 OCM Dimension 2 throat diameter D 2154 7 OCM Dimension 3 hump height p 21548 OCM Dimension 4 throat length L Finite Crest Weir 3 680 2154 5 OCM Dimension 1 crest width b 215 46 OCM Dimension 2 crest height p 21547 Dimension 3 crest length L Page 194 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT Supported PMDs cont d Thin Plate Rectangular Weir BS 3680 21545 0CM Dimension 1 approach width B 2154 6 OCM Dimension 2 crest width b 2154 7 OCM Dimension 3 crest height p Thin Plate V Notch Weir BS 3680 21542 V Notch Angle Rectangular Weir Contracted 2154 5 OCM Dimension 1 crest width b Round Pipe 2154 5 OCM Dimension 1 pipe inside diameter D 21543 Slope 21544 Roughness Coefficient Palmer Bowlus Flume 2154 5 Dimension 1 maximum flume width H Flume 2154 5 OCM Dimension 1 maximum listed head Universal Head Flow 215 511 Head 1 up to 32 215512 Flow 1 up to 32
25. e Use UP A or DOWN arrow to scroll to an icon When an icon is highlighted that feature becomes active e move cross hair press RIGHT arrow gt to increase the value LEFT arrow lt q to decrease e Zoom into an area position the intersection of the cross hairs at the center of that area select Zoom and press RIGHT arrow Press LEFT arrow lt q to Zoom out e Toupdate the profile select Measure and press RIGHT arrow e Toreturn to the previous menu select Exit then press RIGHT arrow Device Address Setting a device address is not necessary for local operation but must be set if configuring the SITRANS LUT400 for use on a HART network See Device Address 4 1 on page 215 Testing the configuration After programming the device it is recommended that you test the device to ensure that it performs to your specifications This test can be run in simulation mode or by varying the actual level in the application The latter is preferred as it more accurately represents running conditions However if it is not possible to do a physical test a simulation will ensure that control programming is correct For further details see Simu ation on page 120 and Application test on page 123 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 57 2 a E Application examples In the examples that follow substitute your own application details If the examples do
26. 272214 Peak OFF Setpoint Pump 1 Energy cost is at maximum 27224 Peak 1 End Time 21 30 Returns to normal setpoints 2776 ON Setpoint Pump 112712 OFF Setpoint Pump 1 Energy cost returns to minimum Generally you would cascade the timing of the pump downs so that the wells farthest from the treatment facility would begin first and the entire system would push material through during the low cost period Note When the Peak ON Setpoint is not reached no energy is used during the high cost period If the Peak ON Setpoint is reached the Wet Well is only pumped down to 6 m thereby minimizing high cost energy usage Parameter Value Description 27221 Enable Enabled Enables Energy Savings function 27223 Peak 1 Start Time 17 30 Starts the first high cost period at 5 30 pm 27224 Peak 1 End Time 21 30 Ends the first high cost period at 9 30 pm 27222 Peak Lead Time 00 60 Sets the pump down to happen 60 minutes before the high cost period 272213 Peak ON Setpoint 9 Sets the high cost ON setpoint at process level Pump 1 of 9m 272214 Peak OFF Setpoint 6 Sets the high cost OFF setpoint at process level Pump 1 of6m 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 91 E gt i a Tracking pump usage You can find out how much an individual pump has been used by viewing the pump record parameters Information Available Parameter Access Total running hours for a re
27. D 5 3 D T a Page 16 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Cable exposed and entering through the cable glands continued from steps 1 to 5 on previous page 6 After preparing for cable entry in steps 1 to 5 above unscrew the glands and attach them firmly to the enclosure 7 Thread the cables through the glands Ensure the power cable is kept separated from the signal cables and then wire the cables to the terminal blocks 8 Tighten the glands to form a good seal Replace enclosure lid and tighten screws Notes e When cable entry hole knock out tabs have been removed the entry hole is 21 4 mm to 21 6 mm in diameter e M20 cable glands 20 mm in diameter and 1 2 NPT conduit 21 3 mm in diameter fit this entry hole e Caution should be taken when selecting appropriate seal for entry holes Flat gasket is recommended instead of O ring If alternate cable glands are used it is the customer s responsibility to maintain IP65 rating of entry holes SITRANS LUT400 wiring compartment power INPUT TS 3 TRANSDUCER DISCRETE INPUTS I POWER supply euelelele ges 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 A NI aude tcs battery 5 d terminal blocks RELAYS BAT
28. Set the Service Ratio for each pump Sample Value 27110 Service Ratio Pump 1 25 Sets the ratio to 25 for pump 1 i e pump 1 will run 25 of the time Parameter Description 27111 Service Ratio Pump 2 75 Sets the ratio to 7596 for pump 2 i e pump 2 will run 7596 of the time Set the ON Setpoints Sample Value 2716 ON Setpoint Pump 1 13 Sets the level at which the first pump turns 2718 ON Setpoint Pump 2 1 2m Sets the level at which the second pump turns Parameter Description S on 5 2 Set the OFF Setpoints S Parameter Description D Value 2717 OFF Setpoint Pump 1 04m Sets the level at which the first pump turns off 2719 OFF Setpoint Pump 2 0 3m Sets the level at which the second pump turns off Notes e SITRANS LUT400 will not sacrifice other pumping strategies to ensure that the service ratio is held true Ifthe pump ratios set to the same value then the ratio equals 1 1 and all pumps are used equally default When a pump start is required ON Setpoint the pump with the fewest running hours with respect to the assigned ratio values starts Conversely when a pump stop is required OFF Setpoint if multiple pumps are running simultaneously the pump with the most running hours as compared to the assigned ratio values stops Page 84 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Setting a pump up reservoir
29. n bounds Level Alarm 2 8 4 165 Alarm State 2 8 5 5 Out of bounds Level Alarm 2 8 5 166 Alarm State 2 8 6 5 Low Temperature Alarm 2 8 6 166 Alarm State 2 8 1 5 High Temperature Alarm 2 8 7 167 Alarm State 2 8 8 3 Fail safe Fault Alarm 2 8 8 166 Alarm State 2 8 9 5 High Howrate Alarm 2 8 9 169 Alarms 28 Setup 2 162 Alarms 82 61 View Logs 3 2 6 201 Algorithm 212 21 181 Assigned Relay 21114 Elapsed Time Relay 2111 176 Assigned Relay 2 1 2 4 Time of Day Relay 2112 176 Assigned Relay 2 11 3 4 External Totalizer 21 3 177 Assigned Relay 2 11 4 5 External Sampler 241 4 179 Assigned Relay 2 81 4 High Level Alarm 2 81 162 Assigned Relay 2 810 4 Low Howrate Alarm 2 810 169 Assigned Relay 2 8 2 4 Low LevelAlarm 2 8 2 163 Assigned Relay 2 8 3 4 Switch Discrete Input Alarm 2 8 3 164 Assigned Relay 2 8 4 4 In bounds Level Alarm 2 8 4 165 Assigned Relay 2 85 Out of bounds Level Alarm 2 8 5 165 Assigned Relay 2 8 6 4 Low Temperature Alarm 2 8 6 166 Assigned Relay 2 8 14 High Temperature Alarm 2 8 1 167 Assigned Relay 2 8 8 2 Fail safe Fault Alarm 2 8 8 166 Assigned Relay 2 8 9 4 High Howrate Alarm 2 8 9 168 Auto False Echo Suppression 212 31 183 Auto False Echo Suppression Range 212 32 184 Auto Sensor Offset 2 2 6 142 Auto Sound Velocity 2121 6 181 Auto Zero Head 215 2 190 Backup
30. 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 147 Parameters Vessel Shape LCD DISPLAY Also cont d Description required maximum PARABOLIC BOTTOM volume 2 7 dimension 1 HALF SPHERE BOTTOM volume dimension A maximum FLAT SLOPED BOTTOM volume A dimension A PARABOLIC ENDS brin Parabolic end horizontal cyl inder dimension A A LL L N dimension L maximum CONICAL BOTTOM maximum Conical or pyramidal bottom volume A dimension A CURVE TABLE Linearization table 1 321 land level volume breakpoints uod volume break points maximum LINEAR TABLE volume tables Linearization table 1 32 level and level volume breakpoints Volume break points a Table 1 8 2 6 7 to be transferred Linearization Table must be selected in order for level volume values see SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 2 6 2 Volume Units Determines volume measurement units used when 2 1 2 Sensor Mode set to VOLUME L Litres USGAL US Gallons Options IMPGAL Imperial Gallons CUM Cubic Meters USER DEFINED units defined in 26 6 User Defined Unit 2 6 3 Maximum Volume The maximum volume of the vessel Enter the vessel volume corresponding to High Calibration Point For example if your maximum vessel volume is 8000 L enter a value of
31. 5 a Selects pump usage based on the RUN time ratio rather than last used Range 0 to 255 Default 1 Value This parameter displays only if a Service Ratio algorithm is selected for Pump Control Mode Service Ratio Pump 2 Selects pump usage based on the RUN time ratio rather than last used Range 0 to 255 Default 1 Value This parameter displays only if a Service Ratio algorithm is selected for Pump Control Mode Run Time Relay 2 Set the amount of time that pump Helay 2 has run defined in hours Range 0 to 999999 Default 0 Value Use the default value for new pumps or set this value for existing pumps with accumulated run time This parameter displays only if a Service Ratio algorithm is selected for Pump Control Mode Run Time Relay 3 Set the amount of time that pump Helay 3 has run defined in hours Range 0 to 999999 Value Default 0 Use the default value for new pumps or set this value for existing pumps with accumulated run time This parameter displays only if a Service Ratio algorithm is selected for Pump Control Mode 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 55 ON Setpoint Pump 1 The level at which Pump 1 turns defined in 211 Units Value Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 ON Setpoint Pump 2 The level at which Pump 2 turns defined in 211 Unit
32. determines the material level to be reported when the Fail safe timer expires See Loss of Echo LOE on page 261 for more detail 2 4 1 Material Level Note The default is a factory setting and depends whether or not your device was ordered as NAMUR NE43 compliant for Fail safe Defines the mA output to use shown in Current Output Value when the safe Timer expires and the device is still in an error condition HI 20 0 mA max mA Limit LO 4 0 mA min mA Limit Options HOLD Last valid reading VALUE User selected value defined in Fail Safe mA Value 2 4 3 default 3 58 mA Default VALUE if ordered with NAMUR compliant fail safe preset HOLD if ordered without NAMUR NE43 compliant fail safe preset 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 143 9 2 2 oO Parameters 2 4 2 LOE Timer Sets the time to elapse since the last valid reading before the Fail safe Material Level is reported defined in seconds Values Range 0 to 7200 Default 100 2 4 3 Fail Safe mA Value Note Material Level 2 4 1 must be set to Value for the Material Level value to be reported Allows the user to define the mA value to be reported when the Fail safe timer expires Values Range 3 50 to 22 80 mA Default 3 58 2 5 Current Output Note Default settings in the parame
33. e Recommended mounting directly to horizontal or vertical pipe If alternate mounting surface is used it MUST be able to support four times the weight of the device e Recommended pipe dimensions maximum 3 pipe minimum 3 4 pipe e Recommended fastener sizes e U Bolts maximum 3 pipe size with M8 or 3 8 thread minimum 3 4 pipe size with M6 or 1 4 thread e Hex Nuts M6 or 1 4 to M8 or 3 8 e Washer maximum 16 mm or 13 16 outside diameter gt c gt 5 Page 14 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 DIN rail mount back of enclosure DIN rail NE clips 2 For a more detailed dimension drawing see S 7RAWS LUT400 Dimensions page 253 Mounting the enclosure 1 Angle top of enclosure toward DIN rail and position slightly above top of rail 2 Moveenclosure downward against DIN rail to hook clips on back of enclosure to top of DIN rail 3 Press device flush against DIN rail to engage DIN rail slide which will fasten enclosure securely to DIN rail Please note e Recommended mounting directly to horizontal DIN rail e Required DIN rail dimensions TH 35 7 5 or TH 35 15 per standard IEC 60715 e DIN rail MUST be able to support four times the weight of the SITRANS LUT400 Removing the enclosure 1 From the front of the device place screwdriver slot at bottom of DIN rail slide and pry
34. 166 Low Temperature Value OFF 2 8 6 3 166 Low Temperature Value 2 8 6 2 166 Lowest Value 3 2 8 2 202 Maintenance 33 203 Maintenance and Diagnostics 3 198 Manual Value 9 5 1 147 Manufacture Date Date of Manufacturing 3113 199 Master Reset 3 2 3 200 Material Level 2 41 143 Maximum Flow at 20mA 2 15 3 4 192 Maximum Head 215 33 192 Maximum mA Limit 2 5 6 146 Maximum Volume 2 6 3 149 Measured Values 212 5 186 Message 314 199 Method of How Calculation 215 31 191 Minimum mA Limit 2 5 5 146 Minutes Left To Spill 2 8 12 2 170 Modifiers 2 1 2 154 Multiplier 211 3 2 External Totalizer 2113 177 Multiplier 2 11 4 2 External Sampler 2114 178 Narrow Echo Filter 212 24 182 Near Range 2 24 141 Noise Average 3 2 9 4 203 Noise Peak 3 2 9 5 203 gt OCM 8262 201 OCM Dimension 1 2 15 4 5 196 3 OCM Dimension 2 21546 196 OCM Dimension 2 15 4 7 196 OCM Dimension 4 215 4 8 196 OFF Setpoint Pump 1 2 11 1 152 OFF Setpoint Pump 2 2 11 9 153 ON Setpoint Pump 1 2 716 152 ON Setpoint Pump 2 2 11 8 152 the menu Device Select Analog Output 145 Order Option 200 Other Control 211 175 Out of bounds Level Alarm 2 8 5 165 Peak 1 End Time 2 12 24 156 Peak 1 Start Time 2 12 2 3 155 Peak 2 End Time 2 12 2 6 156 Peak 2 Start Time 2 12 2 5 156 Peak 3 End Time 2 1228 157
35. 216 4 TOTALIZER MULTIPLIER 216 5 RESET DAILY TOTALIZER 216 6 RESET RUNNING TOTALIZER 3 MAINTENANCE AND DIAGNOSTICS 31 IDENTIFICATION 311 TAG 312 LONG TAG 31 3 DESCRIPTOR 314 MESSAGE 315 INSTALLATION DATE 316 PRODUCT 317 ORDER NO 31 8 SERIAL NUMBER 31 9 FINAL ASSEMBLY NUMBER 3110 HARDWARE REV 3111 FIRMWARE REV 3112 LOADER REV 3113 MANUF DATE 3114 ORDER OPTION 32 DIAGNOSTICS 3 21 ECHO PROFILE 3 2 2 TREND 3 2 3 MASTER RESET 3 2 4 POWER ON RESETS 3 2 5 POWER ON TIME 3 2 6 VIEW LOGS 3261 ALARMS 3 2 6 2 3 2 6 3 DAILY TOTALS 3 2 6 4 PV 3 27 PUMP RECORDS 3 2 71 RUN TIME RELAY 2 3 2 7 2 RUN TIME RELAY 3 3273 RELAY PUMP 1 3 274 RELAY PUMP 2 3 2 8 TEMPERATURE PEAK VALUES 3 281 HIGHEST VALUE 3 2 8 LOWEST VALUE 3 2 9 ECHO QUALITY 3 291 FIGURE OF MERIT 3 29 2 CONFIDENCE 3 29 3 ECHO STRENGTH 3 2 94 NOISE AVERAGE 3 29 5 NOISE PEAK 33 MAINTENANCE 3 31 TRANSDUCER ENABLE 3 32 BACKUP CONTROL 3 3 3 REMAIN DEV LIFE 3 3 31 LIFETIME EXPECTED 3 3 3 2 TIME IN OPER 3 3 3 3 REMAIN LIFETIME 3 3 3 4 REMINDER ACTIV 3 3 3 5 REMIND 1 REQ 3 3 3 6 REMIND 2 DEM 3 3 37 MAINT STAT 3 3 3 8 ACK STATUS 3 3 3 9 ACK 7ML19985MV01_ SITRANS LUT400 HART INSTRUCTION MANUAL SITRANS LUT400 HART INSTRUCTION MANUAL Page 277 3 MAINTENANCE cont d 3 3 4 REMAIN SENS LIFE 3341 3 3 4 2 3 3 4 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 4 5 3 3 4 6 3 3 4 7 3 3 4 8 3 3 4 9 LIFETIME EXPECTED TIME IN OPER REMAIN LIFETIME REMINDER ACTI
36. Demanded 3 3 6 6 b Selectthe desired Reminder Activation option 3 3 6 5 Reminder 1 before Calibration Required If Time Next Calibration 3 26 2 is equal to or less than this value the device generates a Maintenance Required reminder Range 0 000 to 20 000 years Default 0 164 years 8 weeks Values a Modify values as required Set Reminder Activation 3 3 6 4 to the desired option 3 3 6 6 Reminder 2 before Calibration Demanded If Time Next Calibration 3 3 6 3 is equal to or less than this value the device generates a Maintenance Demanded reminder Range 0 000 to 20 000 years Default 0 019 years 1 week Values a Modify values as required Set Reminder Activation 3 3 6 4 to the desired option 3 3 6 7 Maintenance Status Indicates which level of maintenance reminder is active In SIMATIC PDM open the menu View Device Status click on the Maintenance tab and check the Calibration Schedule Status window 79 2 2 a 3 3 6 8 Acknowledged Status Indicates which level of maintenance reminder has been acknowledged In SIMATIC PDM open the menu View Device Status click on the Maintenance tab and check the Calibration Schedule Status window 3 3 6 9 Acknowledged Acknowledges the current maintenance reminder To acknowledge a reminder via SIMATIC PDM a the menu View Device Status and click on the Maintenanc
37. FAST 10 M MIN Default SLOW 0 1 M MIN Options Use a setting just faster than the maximum filling or emptying rate whichever is greater Slower settings provide higher accuracy faster settings allow for more level fluctuations Dimension A The height of the vessel bottom when the bottom is conical pyramidal parabolic spherical or flat sloped Range 0 000 to 99 999 Value Default 0 000 Dimension L Length of the cylindrical section of a horizontal parabolic end vessel Range 0 000 to 99 999 Value Default 0 000 Volume Units Determines volume measurement units L USGAL IMPGAL CUM USER DEFINED Options Default L If USER DEFINED option selected the value must be set after completing the wizard See 266 User Defined Unit on page 149 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 45 8 5 5 a Maximum Volume The maximum volume of the vessel Enter the vessel volume corresponding to the High Calibration Point For example if your maximum vessel volume is 8000 L enter a value of 8000 Value Range 0 0 to 9999999 Default 100 0 End of QS Volume Wizard For QS to be successful all changes must be applied BACK CANCEL FINISH Display returns to 11 Quick Start menu when Quick Options Start is successfully completed or cancelled If CA
38. For PMDs that are not directly supported Universal Head Flow use a Universal Flow calculation See Universal calculation support on page 116 For more information on PMD see Open Channel Monitoring OCM on page 97 2 15 5 Universal Head vs Flow In the following table enter Head and Flow Breakpoints for universal PMDs Head Breakpoints The head breakpoints for which flowrate is Known defined in Units 2 1 1 Flowrate Breakpoints The flowrate corresponding to each Head Breakpoint entered defined in Flowrate Units 2 15 3 7 Range 0 000 to 60 000 Head Values Default 0 000 Range 0 to 9999999 Flowrate Values Default 0 See Universal calculation support on page 116 for details on how to specify universal flows SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Entering breakpoints via SIMATIC PDM See Quick Start Flow in the LUT400 Communications manual 2 15 5 1 Table 1 8 2 15 5 1 1 Head 1 2 15 5 1 2 Flow 1 2 15 5 2 Table 9 16 2 15 5 2 1 Head 9 2 15 5 2 2 9 2 15 5 3 Table 17 24 2 15 5 3 1 Head 17 2 15 5 3 2 Flow 17 2 15 5 4 Table 25 32 2 15 5 4 1 Head 25 2 15 5 4 2 Flow 25 2 16 Totalizers Available only on LUT430 Pump and Flow model and LUT440 OCM model Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 2 16 1 Daily Totalizer Read only Current daily totali
39. PMD calculation method calculation factors level units and vary by PMD setpoints Primary Measuring Method of Flow Flow Exponent Device Calculation K Factor Units Notch Angle High Calibration Point Slope Low Calibration Point Roughness Coefficient Response Rate Set Set Flow Wizard PMD dimensions flow units and complete vary by PMD calibration data OCM Dimension 1 Maximum Head OCM Dimension 2 Zero Head Offset OCM Dimension 3 Howrate Units OCM Dimension 4 Maximum Flow at 20 mA Howrate Decimal Low Flow Cutoff 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 47 3 a a 2 amp 2 e Start of QS Flow Wizard Note The introduction screen is displayed only on the device when using the local push buttons This screen is not part of the Quick Start when using SIMATIC PDM Shows the type of Wizard to be executed Options CANCEL START Transducer Specifies the Siemens transducer connected to the device NO TRANSDUCER XRS 5 XPS 10 XPS 15 XCT 8 XCT 12 XPS 30 XPS 40 Options XLT 30 XLT 60 STH Default NO TRANSDUCER Temperature Source Source of the temperature reading used to adjust the speed of sound TRANSDUCER FIXED TEMPERATURE EXTERNAL TS 3 AVGERAGE OF Options SENSORS Default TRANSDUCER See 7emperature Sourc
40. Please consult the LUT400 online help for details on using SIMATIC PDM You can find more information at www siemens com simatic pdm SIMATIC PDM features four Quick Start Wizards Level Volume Volume Linearization and Flow to easily configure the SITRANS LUT400 A Pump Control Wizard is also available Other features include Echo Profile Utilities Manual TVT Shaper adjustment Auto False Echo Suppression screening Process Variables monitoring and Maintenance scheduling Parameters are identified by name and organized into function groups The menu structure for SIMATIC is almost identical to that of the LCD See LCD Menu Structure on page 273 for a chart For a complete list of parameters see Parameter reference LUI on page 137 i cS oO 2 a LI 79 i Startup and Configuration To startup the SITRANS LUT400 using SIMATIC PDM check that you have the latest version of installed update your installation if necessary see S MATIC PDM version below then install the EDD Next configure the device using the Quick Start Wizards in PDM For more information on SIMATIC PDM functions and details on how to configure the device using PDM refer to the LUT400 Communications manual 1 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 127 SIMATIC PDM version Check the support page of our website to make
41. Response Rate Set Volume Wizard vessel volume complete Volume Units Maximum Volume 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 43 Start of QS Volume Wizard Note The introduction screen is displayed only on the device when using the local push buttons This screen is not part of the Quick Start when using SIMATIC PDM Shows the type of Wizard to be executed Options CANCEL START Transducer Specifies the Siemens transducer connected to the device NO TRANSDUCER XRS 5 XPS 10 XPS 15 XCT 8 XCT 12 XPS 30 XPS 40 Options XLT 30 XLT 60 STH Default NO TRANSDUCER Temperature Source Source of the temperature reading used to adjust the speed of sound TRANSDUCER FIXED TEMPERATURE EXTERNAL TS 3 AVGERAGE OF Options SENSORS 2 e Default TRANSDUCER See 7emperature Source page 180 for more details Fixed Temperature Use this feature if a temperature sensing device is not used Range 100 0 to 150 0 C Value Default 20 0 C This parameter is only displayed if FIXED TEMPERATURE selected for Temperature Source Vessel Shape Defines the vessel shape and allows the SITRANS LUT400 to calculate volume instead of level If NONE is selected no volume conversion is performed Select the vessel shape matching the monitored vessel or reservoir
42. grind smooth any burrs or welds on the inside or open end the end that opens into the vessel If the problem persists install a larger diameter or shorter length nozzle bevel the inside of the bottom end or cut the open end of the nozzle at a 45 angle See the transducer manual for complete mounting instructions If the mounting hardware is over tightened loosen it Over tightening changes the resonance characteristics of the transducer and can cause problems 1 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 243 C E z 2 Set the SITRANS LUT400 to Ignore the Bad Echo If the preceding remedies have not fixed the problem the false echo has to be ignored If the Echo is Close to the Transducer If there is a static incorrect high level reading from the SITRANS LUT400 there is probably something reflecting a strong echo back to the transducer If the material level never reaches that point extend the 224 Near Hangeto a distance to just past the obstruction Adjust the TVT to Ignore the Echo Use 272 21 Auto False Echo Suppression f this does not correct the problem use 2 24 TVT Shaperto manually shape around false echoes Wrong Reading If the Reading is erratic or jumps to some incorrect value periodically ensure the 1 Surface monitored is not beyond the SITRANS LUT400 s programmed range or the tran
43. group Sets a group of two pumps to pump up a reservoir SITRANS LUT400 S sensor ref point High Cal Pt 1 Low Cal Pt Setpoint sample values ON Setpoint Pump 1 Pump 2 see tables below OFF Setpoint Pump 1 Pump 2 Set the common parameters D Prerequisite Substitute the details of your application in place of the sample values S provided If you are bench testing the device set your test values to be the same as the sample values E 2 Parameter Sample Value S 212 Sensor Modeor 213 Sensor Mode Level Response Hate Medium 216 Transducer XPS 10 211 Units M 221 Low Calibration Point 18 222 High Calibration Point 0 4 Set Relays to ALTERNATE DUTY ASSIST ADA Parameter Value Description 2714 Pump Control Mode Sets the control algorithm used to trip the pump or relay to ALTERNATE DUTY ASSIST 2715 Pump Control Mode 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 85 Set the ON Setpoints Sample Value 2716 ON Setpoint Pump 1 04 Sets the level at which pump 1 turns on The first cycle will use this setpoint Subsequent cycles rotate the setpoint among the pumps For example In cycle 1 pump 1 turns on at 0 4 m In the next cycle pump 2 will turn on at 0 4 m 2718 ON Setpoint Pump 2 0 3m Sets the level at which pump 2 turns on a Parameter Description Sample values denoted by ast
44. gt gt LI zo Upon receiving a reliable echo the loss of echo condition is aborted the Maintenance Required icon and error message are cleared and the mA output return to the current material level The PV region on the LUI display will show dashes when a fault that causes fail safe is present and will return to the current reading when the fault is cleared 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 261 Distance Calculation To calculate the transducer to material level object distance the transmission medium atmosphere 27277 Sound Velocityis multiplied by the acoustic transmission to reception time period This result is divided by 2 to calculate the one way distance Distance Sound Velocity x Time 2 The Reading displayed is the result of performing any additional modification to the calculated distance as determined by 212 Sensor Mode 211 Units e Volume conversion parameters 26 Volume 22 3 Sensor Offset Flow parameters 275 Flow e and or Totalizer parameters 276 Jofalizers Sound Velocity The sound velocity of the transmission medium is affected by the type temperature and vapor pressure of the gas or vapor present As preset the SITRANS LUT400 assumes the vessel atmosphere is air at 20 C 68 F Unless altered the sound velocity used for the distance calculation is 344 1 m s 1129 ft s
45. i E a 5 The log can be examined locally via LUI or via USB On LUI viewing of the log is done by task and by method The viewing tasks are Alarms OCM Daily Totals or Primary Variable PV The viewing methods are by first entry by last entry and by specified date The scrolling keys are used to maneuver through the tasks methods and time of day Log Capacity vs Rates Rate Capacity 1 min 7 days 5 1 month 15 3 5 months 30 7 months 60 1 2 years 24 hr 27 8 years e g rate 15 5 capacity 3 5 months max 1 month min Log files written to a local computer drive via USB are comma delimited files For a list of field names see Data Logging on page 267 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 119 Fault code 129 is displayed on the device when the data log memory becomes full To clear entries when memory is full 1 Disable all logging functions that are active PV log 27077 Alarm log 270 27 Flow log 2 031 27032 2 Browse to the USB drive on your computer and delete log files or move files from the USB drive to another local computer drive If a file is deleted or moved without first disabling the associated logging function the fault code will not clear 3 Re enable logging functions that were disabled in step 1 Simulation The SITRANS LUT400 supports simulation from the LUI Level and discrete inputs can be simulated se
46. then take you to the main navigation menu It will not return to the screen from which the timeout occurred 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 33 1 Power the device SITRANS LUT400 automatically starts in Measurement mode transition screen showing first the Siemens logo and then the current firmware revision of the LUI is displayed while the first measurement is being processed 2 The first time the device is configured you will be prompted to select a language English German French Spanish or Chinese To change the language again after initial setup see Language on page 217 3 Device time is set to Eastern Standard Time EST at the factory To modify see Date and Time on page 187 The correct date and time should be set prior to configuring the device The LCD Display Measurement mode display Normal operation Level volume flow or head 3 value being displayed Primary Variable PV 1 of 2 Secondary Variable SV 2 of 2 4 toggle indicator for PV or SV 5 units 6 bar graph indicates level 7 secondary region indicates configured E 2 a 2 E Flow relays left and discrete inputs right 2 4 8 textarea displays status messages 9 device status indicator Oy SITRANS 123 RW 500313 10 selected primary sensor mode level DN silk space distance volume head or f
47. 1 H Flume MAXIMUM LISTED HEAD HMAX 275 45 OCM Dimension 1 Maximum Head The maximum level value associated with the PMD Range 0 000 to 60 000 Value 9 Default 60 000 Zero Head Offset The difference positive or negative between Low Calibration Point and zero head level at zero flow Range 60 000 to 60 000 Value Default 0 000 Flowrate Units The volume units used to display total flow US L MIN CUFT S CUFT D GAL MIN GAL D IMPGAL MIN IMPGAL D Options CUM H CUM D USER DEFINED Default L S f USER DEFINED option selected the value must be set after completing the wizard See 275 38 User Defined Uniton page 193 Maximum Flow at 20 mA The maximum flowrate Range 999 to 9999999 Value 9 Default 100 Flowrate Decimal The maximum number of decimal units to be displayed NO DIGITS 1 DIGIT 2 DIGITS 3 DIGITS Options Default NO DIGITS Low Flow Cutoff Eliminates totalizer activity for head levels at or below the cutoff value Range 0 000 to 60 000 Value 8 Default 0 000 Page 52 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML1998MV01 End of QS Flow Wizard For QS to be successful all changes must be applied BACK CANCEL FINISH Display returns to 1 1 1 Quick Start menu when Quick Options Start is successfully completed or c
48. 2 2 9 3 4 PUMP 2 DISCRETE INPUT 210 DATA LOGGING 2 10 1 PROCESS VALUE LOG 21011 ENABLE 2101 2 PROCESS VALUES LOG RATE 210 2 ALARM LOG 210 21 ENABLE 210 3 FLOW LOG LUT430 440 only 210 31 FLOW LOG MODE LUT430 210 3 2 FLOW LOG MODE LUT440 210 3 3 STANDARD FLOW LOG INTERVAL 2 10 3 4 STANDARD FLOW LOG SETPOINT 210 3 5 RAPID FLOW LOG INTERVAL 2 10 3 6 RAPID FLOW LOG SETPOINT 211 OTHER CONTROL 2111 ELAPSED TIME RELAY 21111 ENABLE 21112 INTERVAL SETUP OTHER CONTROL cont 2113 EXTERNAL TOTALIZER LUT430 440 only 211 31 ENABLE 2 1 3 2 MULTIPLIER 211 3 3 RELAY DURATION 211 34 ASSIGNED RELAY 21135 RELAY LOGIC 211 4 EXTERNAL SAMPLER LUT430 440 only 21141 ENABLE 2114 2 MULTIPLIER 2114 3 INTERVAL 2114 4 RELAY DURATION 2114 5 ASSIGNED RELAY 2114 6 RELAY LOGIC 212 SIGNAL PROCESSING 2121 TEMPERATURE AND VELOCITY 21211 SOUND VELOCITY 2121 2 PROCESS TEMPERATURE 2121 3 TEMPERATURE SOURCE 2121 4 FIXED TEMPERATURE 2121 5 SOUND VELOCITY AT 20 DEGREES C 2121 6 AUTO SOUND VELOCITY 212 2 ECHO SELECT 212 21 ALGORITHM 212 22 ECHO THRESHOLD 212 2 3 REFORM ECHO 212 24 NARROW ECHO FILTER 212 255 SUBMERGENCE DETECTION 212 3 TVT SETUP 212 31 AUTO FALSE ECHO SUPPRESSION 212 3 2 AUTO SUPP RANGE 212 3 3 HOVER LEVEL 212 34 SHAPER MODE 212 4 SHAPER 21241 BRKPT 1 8 212 42 BRKPT 9 16 2124 3 17 24 2124 4 25 32 212 4 5 BRKPT 33 40 2 12 5 MEAS VALUES 212 51 LEVEL MEAS 212 5 2 SPACE MEAS 212 5 3 DISTANCE
49. 215 34 x The exponential equation is Q KHFlow Exponent 2153 2 Where Q flow constant factor head Zero Flow MM i Iz 53 p 5 2 N S E Use the exponent specified by the PMD manufacturer if available or relevant Open Channel Monitoring reference material 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 191 79 2 Parameters 2 15 3 3 Maximum Head The maximum level value associated with the PMD and works in conjunction With 2 15 34 Maximum Flow at 20 mA for Ratiometric calculations Defined in 2 1 1 Units Range 0 000 to 60 000 Default 60 000 Values This represents the highest head level supported by the Primary Measuring Device PMD and works in conjunction with 275 2 4Maximum Flow at 20 mA to define the highest point in the exponential curve Use it when the PMD requires a maximum head and flow reference point Maximum Head must be set for all Absolute and Ratiometic PMDs 2 15 3 4 Maximum Flow at 20 mA The maximum flowrate associated with 2 15 3 3 Maximum Head shown in 21537 Flowrate Units Range 0 to 9999999 Default 100 Values This represents the flow at the highest head level supported by the Primary Measuring Device PMD and works in conjunction with 21533 Maximum Head to define the highest point in the exponential curve Use it when the PMD requires a maximum
50. 2843 Low Level Value 0 30 m 4 Set 2844 Assigned Helayto Relay 3 Results e Activates alarm assigned to relay 3 when level is within range 0 3 to 1 3 m Resets alarm above 1 3 m or below 0 3 m Use 2845 Alarm Stateto view the current state of the In bounds Level Alarm 5 i a 5 Example Setting an Out of bounds Level Alarm To assign Relay 3 to an out of bounds level alarm do the following 1 Enable the Out of bounds Level Alarm set 28 5 1 Enable Enabled 2 Set 2852 High Level Value 1 30 m 3 Set 285 3 Low Level Value 0 30 m 4 Set 2854 Assigned Relayto Relay 3 Results e Activates alarm assigned to relay 3 when level is outside range 0 3 to 1 3 m Resets alarm below 1 30 m or above 0 30 m Use 2855 Alarm Stateto view the current state of the Out of bounds Level Alarm 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 77 Temperature Activates an alarm when the process temperature reaches a certain value Low Temperature Value ON for Low Temperature Alarm or High Temperature Value ON for a High Temperature Alarm The temperature source can be the temperature sensor built into the transducer or an external TS 3 as set by Temperature Source Temperature Source is set in the Quick Start Wizard see page 39 Example Setting a High Temperature Alarm To assign Relay 3 to a high temperature alarm that activates when the temperature goes above
51. 3 4 4 Reminder Activation Note To modify this parameter via SIMATIC PDM it must be accessed via the pull down menu Device Maintenance Allows you to enable a maintenance reminder REMINDER 1 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED REMINDER 2 MAINTENANCE DEMANDED Options REMINDERS 1 AND 2 OFF a First set the values in Reminder 1 before Lifetime Required 3 3 4 5 Reminder 2 before Lifetime Demanded 3 3 4 6 b Selectthe desired Reminder Activation option 3 3 4 5 Reminder 1 before Lifetime Required If Remaining Lifetime 3 34 2 is equal to or less than this value the device generates a Maintenance Required reminder Range 0 000 to 20 000 years Values Default 0164 years 8 weeks a Modify values as required b SetReminder Activation 3 3 4 4 to the desired option 3 34 6 Reminder 2 before Lifetime Demanded If Remaining Lifetime 3 34 2 is equal to or less than this value the device generates a Maintenance Demanded reminder Range 0 000 to 20 000 years Values Default 0 019 years 1 week a Modify values as required b SetReminder Activation 3 3 4 4 to the desired option 3 347 Maintenance Status Indicates which level of maintenance reminder is active In SIMATIC PDM open the menu View Device Status click on the Maintenance tab and check the Sensor Lifetime Status window 3 3 4 8 Acknowledged Status Indicates which le
52. 30 do the following 1 Enable the High Temperature Alarm set 2877 Enable Enabled 2 Set 2872 High Temperature Value ON 30 3 Set 2873 High Temperature Value OFF 28 4 Set 2874 Assigned Relayto Relay 3 The high temperature alarm will not de activate until the temperature falls to 28 C Use 2875 Alarm Stateto view the current state of the High Temperature Alarm Example Setting a Low Temperature Alarm To assign Relay 3 to a low level alarm that activates when the temperature falls below 10 do the following 1 Enable the Low Level Alarm set 2267 Enable Enabled 2 Set2882 Low Temperature Value ON 10 3 Set 2863 Low Temperature Value OFF 8 4 Set 2864 Assigned Helayto Relay 3 Use 286 5 Alarm Stateto view the current state of the Low Temperature Alarm o Switch Discrete Input Alarm Activates an alarm when a discrete input is in a pre defined state Example Setting a Switch Alarm To assign Relay 3 to a switch alarm that is activated when DI 1 turns ON do the following 1 Enable the Switch Discrete Input Alarm set 28 3 1 Enable Enabled 2 2832 Discrete Input Number 3 Set 2833 Discrete Input State to ON 4 Set 2834 Assigned Relayto Relay 3 Use 283 5 Alarm State to view the current state of the Switch Alarm Page 78 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Fail safe Fault Alarm Activates an al
53. 4 159 Run On Interval 2 1 2 3 2 159 Running Totalizer 2162 Totalizers 216 197 Running Totalizer 2731 Pumps 2 1 160 Security 5 216 Sensor 21 138 Sensor Mode 212 138 Sensor Offset 2 2 3 141 Serial Number 318 199 Service Ratio Pump 1 2 7110 153 Service Ratio Pump 2 2 7111 153 Setup 2 138 Shaper Mode 212 3 4 184 Short Shot Duration 21 9 140 Signal Processing 212 179 Simulation 3 4 214 Slope 215 43 196 Sound Velocity 23211 179 Sound Velocity at 20 degrees C 2121 5 180 Space Measurement 212 5 2 186 Standard Flow Log Interval 2 10 3 3 174 Standard Flow Log Setpoint 210 3 4 175 Starting Day 214 3 3 189 Starting Month 214 3 4 189 Starting Ordinal 214 3 2 188 Submergence Detection 212 2 5 182 Switch Discrete Input Alarm 2 8 3 163 Table 1 8 215 51 Universal Head vs Flow 2 15 5 197 Table 1 8 2 6 1 Volume 2 6 150 Table 17 24 215 5 3 Universal Head vs Flow 2 15 5 197 Table 17 24 2 6 9 Volume 25 151 Table 25 32 2 15 5 4 Universal Head vs Flow 215 5 197 Table 25 32 2 610 Volume 25 151 gt Table 9 16 215 5 2 Universal Head vs Flow 215 5 197 s Table 9 16 2 6 8 Volume 256 151 3 TAG 311 198 2 Temperature and Velocity 2121 179 Temperature Peak Values 3 2 8 202 Temperature Source 2121 3 180 Time 2142 188 Time of Day Relay 2112 176 Time To Spill 2 812 170 Totaliz
54. 475 or a computer running SIMATIC PDM AMS Device Manager FDT or a web browser Customer Alarm Pump or Control Device Customer Device with Digital Output Display PLC Chart recorder or other Control Device 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 19 Connecting SITRANS LUT400 WARNINGS e Check the device label on your instrument to verify the approval rating e Use appropriate conduit seals to maintain or NEMA rating Notes e Separate cables and conduits may be required to conform to standard instrumentation wiring practices or electrical codes To access the wiring compartment 1 Loosen 1 4 turn locking screws 2 Liftlid up and to the left on its hinges 3 The lid can remain open connected by hinges or it can be unclipped from the hinges and set to one side to access wiring compartment 4 Make all connections as per instructions that follow When wiring complete replace device lid 6 Tighten locking screws e Wiring compartment The terminal board on the LUT400 allows all inputs and outputs to be connected simultaneously Terminal strips can be removed to improve ease of wiring CAUTION Ensure the terminal strips are terminated to the correct location during re installation Failure to do so may result in damage to the device or external equipment that is attached Note Recommended torque on terminal clamping screws 0 56 07
55. Control 3 3 2 204 Backup Level Override 2 91 171 Basic Setup 215 3 Flow 2 15 191 Basic Setup 2 11 Pumps 2 1 151 Breakpoint 1 8 212 41 185 Breakpoint 17 24 212 4 3 185 Breakpoint 25 32 2124 4 185 Breakpoint 33 40 2124 5 185 Breakpoint 9 16 212 42 185 Calibration 2 2 140 Communication 4 215 Confidence 3 2 9 2 202 Current utput 2 5 144 Current Output Function 2 51 144 Page 218 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Parameter Name Parameter Number Page Number Current Output Value 2 5 8 147 Daily 2 16 1 197 Daily Totals 3 2 6 3 201 Damping Filter 2 3 3 143 Data Logging 2 10 173 Date 2141 188 Date and Time 214 187 Daylight Saving 214 3 188 Delay Between Starts 2 12 41 160 Descriptor 343 199 Device Address 4 1 215 Diagnostics 32 200 Dimension A 2 6 4 149 Dimension 2 6 5 149 Discrete Input 1 3 4 2 1 215 Discrete Input 1 Logic 2 9 21 172 Discrete Input 1 Scaled State 2 9 2 2 172 Discrete Input2 3 4 2 2 215 Discrete Input 2Logic 2 9 2 3 172 Discrete Input 2 Scaled State 2 9 2 4 172 Discrete Input Logic 2 9 2 172 Discrete Input Number 2 8 3 2 163 Discrete Input Number 2 9 1 3 171 Discrete Input State 2 8 3
56. Dimensions page 253 Wall mounting of the enclosure 1 Mark and drill four holes in the mounting surface for the four screws customer supplied 2 Fasten with a screwdriver 3 Lineup slotted features on back of device with clips on mounting back plate Press the LUT400 flush against the back plate and slide downward to fasten in place E 2 5 5 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 11 gt c gt 5 mounting screw holes on back plate Please note e Recommended fastener size M8 or 5 16 screw with washer of maximum 17 mm or 5 8 outside diameter Recommended mounting mount directly to wall If alternate mounting surface is used it MUST be able to support four times the weight of the device Remote mounted lid 4 panel mount fasteners provided For a more detailed dimension drawing see S 7RANS LUT400 Dimensions on page 253 and Cutout Dimensions for Remote Panel Mount on page 254 Page 12 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Mounting the remote lid Note Remote mounted lid can be mounted up to 5 m from the device using two optional cable extensions each 2 5 m in length For instructions on how to con nect an extension cable see Remote mounted lid with extension cable on page 29 1 Using the template provided cut out the necessary hole for the re
57. HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 79 Pump Control options Methods of pump control are dependent on two variables Pump start method indicates in what sequence pumps are started using Fixed Alternate or Service Ratio setpoints Pump duty indicates whether new pumps start and run with any currently running pumps most common or whether new pumps start and shut off currently running pumps using Assist or Backup duty Pump Control algorithms Algorithms are used to provide six modes of pump control They can be used to start multiple pumps assist or one pump at a time backup These six modes can be grouped into three main methods of pump control used by the SITRANS LUT400 Fixed Alternate and Service Ratio The LUT420 Level model operates with Alternate pump control only Fixed Starts pumps based on individual setpoints and always starts the same pumps in the same sequence Fixed Duty Assist FDA and Fixed Duty Backup FDB Alternate Starts pumps based on the duty schedule and always leads with a new pump Alternate Duty Assist ADA and Alternate Duty Backup ADB Service Ratio Starts pumps based on user defined ratio of running time Service Ratio Duty Assist SRA and Service Ratio Duty Backup SRB Alternate Duty Assist ADA is set as the default Setting a pump down wet well group Setting a group of two pumps to pump down a wet well
58. Level Value 286 Low Temperature 286 2 Low Temperature Value ON Alarm 2863 Low Temperature Value OFF 284 High Tempera 2872 High Temperature Value ON ture Alarm 28 73 High Temperature Value OFF 28 9 High Flowrate 2892 High Flowrate Value ON Alarm 2893 High Howrate Value OFF 2810 Low Howrate 28102 Low Howrate Value ON Alarm 28103 Low Howrate Value OFF 2 Timed Timed setpoints are based on interval duration or time of day These setpoints are set separately for each pump within each pump control and for each non pump control function Function Parameter 2723 2 Run On Interval 272 Modifiers for 27 Pumps 2723 Pump Run On 24233 Run On Duration Pump 1 24234 Run n Duration Pump 2 2724 Pump Start Delays 27241 Delay Between Starts 27242 Power Resumption Delay 211 Other Control 2111 Elapsed Time 21112 Interval Relay 21113 Relay Duration 2112 Time of Day 21122 Activation Time Relay 21123 Relay Duration 211 3 External Totalizer 2113 2 Relay Duration 2114 3 Interval 2114 External Sampler 21144 Helay Duration Page 68 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Relays controlled by HART Communications A relay can be controlled directly by a remote system through communications HART commands can be used for this purpose An expert knowledge of HART and the use of HART commands is recommended For further details on configuring
59. MEAS 212 54 VOLUME MEAS 212 5 5 HEAD MEAS 212 5 6 FLOW MEAS LUT430 440 only 2111 3 RELAY DURATION 213 DISPLAY 2111 4 ASSIGNED RELAY 2131 LOCAL DISPLAY BACKLIGHT 21115 RELAY LOGIC 213 2 LCD CONTRAST 211 2 TIME OF DAY RELAY 214 DATE AND TIME 211 21 ENABLE 2141 DATE 211 22 ACTIVATION TIME 214 2 TIME 211 2 3 RELAY DURATION 211 24 ASSIGNED RELAY 211 2 5 RELAY LOGIC Page 276 SITRANS LUT400 HART INSTRUCTION MANUAL SITRANS LUT400 HART INSTRUCTION MANUAL 7ML19985MV01 SETUP DATE AND TIME cont d 214 3 DAYLIGHT SAVING 214 31 ENABLE 214 3 2 STARTING ORDINAL 214 3 3 STARTING DAY 214 34 STARTING MONTH 214 3 5 ENDING ORDINAL 214 3 6 ENDING DAY 214 3 7 ENDING MONTH 215 FLOW LUT430 440 only 2151 PRIMARY MEASURING DEVICE 215 2 AUTO ZERO HEAD 215 3 BASIC SETUP 215 31 METHOD OF FLOW CALCULATION 215 3 2 FLOW EXPONENT 215 3 3 MAXIMUM HEAD 215 3 4 MAXIMUM FLOW AT 20MA 2 15 3 5 ZERO HEAD OFFSET 215 3 6 FLOWRATE DECIMAL 215 3 7 FLOWRATE UNITS 215 3 8 USER DEFINED UNIT 2 15 3 9 LOW FLOW CUTOFF 2154 PMD DIMENSIONS 215 41 FACTOR 2154 2 V NOTCH ANGLE 215 4 3 SLOPE 215 44 ROUGHNESS COEFFICIENT 215 4 5 DIMENSION 1 215 4 6 OCM DIMENSION 2 215 4 7 OCM DIMENSION 3 215 4 8 OCM DIMENSION 4 215 5 UNIVERSAL HEAD VS FLOW 215 51 TABLE 1 8 215 5 2 TABLE 9 16 2155 3 TABLE 17 24 2 15 5 4 TABLE 25 32 216 TOTALIZERS LUT430 440 only 2161 DAILY TOTALIZER 216 2 RUNNING TOTALIZER 216 3 TOTALIZER DECIMAL POSITION
60. Other Controls 22 Re ertet ERR RR ERE AERA 92 Relays controlled by time Flow 93 Flow calculation 93 Totalizing ease e Rs 93 External Totalizers and Flow Samplers e 93 Relay contacts 94 Totalizer 95 Flow Sampler 96 Open Channel Monitoring cccsssssssssssssssssssssecesssssssssssessssssssessesssssseesssesssnseeesesesssnesssess 97 Method of Flow Calculation 98 Common parameters 98 Setting Zero Head 99 PMDs with Exponential Flow to Head function 100 Applicable weir profiles sesenta 100 Parshall UME Leopold Lagco Flume Gut Throat Khafagi Venturi sscssssessssssssssssssssessssssssssessssssssssecssssessssesssseesssscsssseesssseesssseessseessssees Universal calculation support 116 Typical flow characterization 116 Example flumes 117 Example weirs e e e EAR DR RR Re 118 M cepe 118 Data logging 119 Viewing the Data Log 119 Simulation 120 Pump relay behaviour during simulation serene 121 Ey E o 2 8
61. Pt Near Range Far Range Low Cal Pt High Cal Pt 10 cm e Far Range Near Range lt 10 Max mA Limit S Min mA Limit Current Output Function set to Volume but Vessel Shape set to None Current Output Function set to Volume but Max Volume has not been set Check device configuration 17 17 Calibration interval as defined in Maintenance Required Limit has Perform calibration expired 18 18 Calibration interval as defined in Maintenance Demanded Limithas Perform calibration m expired 25 25 24 Internal device error Reset power If fault persists contact your local Siemens representative Page 232 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT General Fault Codes Continued Code Code LUI PDM Icon Meaning Corrective Action 26 26 Submergence detected The transducer appears submerged Correct the installation ci EER red Incorrect product model Basic model does not support flow and advanced pump control features Only configure the supported features 39 EJ ad Transducer temperature sensor has failed Inspect attached cabling and any termination points to ensure no disconnection or damage repair replace if necessary If no issue with cabling contact your local Siemens representative X The TS 3 temperature sensor failed Inspect attached cabling
62. Pump 2 0 3m Sets the level at which pump 2 turns off Parameter Description Set Relays to SERVICE RATIO DUTY ASSIST SRA Parameter Value Description 2715 Pump Control Mode SRA Sets the control algorithm used to trip the pump relay to SERVICE RATIO DUTY ASSIST Multiple pumps can run simultaneously Pump usage is based on RUN time rather than last used 27110 Service Ratio Pump 7 25 Sets the ratio to 25 for pump 1 i e pump 1 will run 25 of the time 27111 Service Ratio Pump 2 75 Sets the ratio to 75 for pump 2 i e pump 2 will run 75 of the time oO D i oO 2 r Set the ON Setpoints Sample Value 2716 ON Setpoint Pump 13 Sets the level at which the first pump turns on 2718 ON Setpoint Pump 2 1 2m Sets the level at which the second pump turns on Parameter Description Set the OFF Setpoints Sample Value 2717 OFF Setpoint Pump 1 04m Sets the level at which the first pump turns off 2719 OFF Setpoint Pump 2 0 3m Sets the level at which the second pump turns off Parameter Description 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 83 Set Relays to SERVICE RATIO DUTY BACKUP SRB Parameter Value Description 2715 Pump Control Mode SRB Sets the control algorithm used to trip the pump relay to SERVICE RATIO DUTY BACKUP Only one pump can run at a time Pump usage is based on RUN time rather than last used
63. Pump 2 12m Sets the level at which pump 2 turns on 2717 OFF Setpoint Pump 1 0 2m Sets the level at which pump 1 turns off The first cycle will use this setpoint Subsequent cycles rotate the setpoint among the pumps 2719 OFF Setpoint Pump 2 0 3m Sets the level at which pump 2 turns off 2732 Totalizer Decimal 2 DIGITS Sets the totalizer display to 2 digits Position e 2733 Totalizer Multiplier 1000 Actual volume is divided by 1000 prior to 5 display on LCD 5 2734 Inflow Discharge RATE The inflow rate measured just prior to the e Adjust ESTIMATE start of the pump cycle is used to estimate the inflow for the duration of the cycle 1 Display vessel volume on the LCD set parameter 272 Sensor Modeto VOLUME 2 Toggle to SV on LCD to display current level set parameter 274 Sensor Mode Secondaryto LEVEL 3 See 2737 Running Totalizerto view pumped volume Setting a pump to run on This functionality is used to reduce sludge and sediment from building up at the bottom of a wet well thereby reducing maintenance This is achieved by running the pumps below the normal OFF setpoint and requires you to set a run on duration and interval to control this event Page 88 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Example Pump 1 is set to pump for an extra 60 seconds every 5 hours pump 2 should not run on Sample Parameter Value Description 27232 Run On Interval 5 Five hours between pump run on o
64. Value BS 3680 Rectangular Flume Approach width B Throat width b Hump Height p Throat length L 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 105 E gt i a BS 3680 Round Nose Horizontal Crest Weir Diagonal View transducer t 251 d 22 L wer 2271 Tu 7 2 SUM 7 The transducer must be above the maximum head by at least the blanking value see 224 Vear Range 5 mi Parameter Value e 2151 Primary Measuring Device PMD BS 3680 Round Nose Horizontal Crest Weir 5 2154 PMD Dimensions Crest Width b Crest Height p e Crest Length L 21533 Maximum Head 225 Far Range 21537 Flowrate Units 21531 Method of Flow Calculation 21534 Maximum Flow at 20 mA Page 106 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 BS 3680 Trapezoidal Flume Plan View transducer Front Side View Bm The transducer must be above the maximum head by at least the blanking value see 224 Vear Range Parameter Value o 2151 Primary Measuring Device PMD BS 3680 Trapezoidal Flume T 215 4 PMD Dimensions Slope m 5 Approach Width Throat Width b Es Hump Height p Throat length L EJ 21533 Maximum Head 225 Far Range 21537 Howrate Units 21531 Method of Flow Calculation 21534 Maximum Flow at 20 mA 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 107
65. ambient noise see low 2222 Confidence and low 3 298 Echo Strength e echoes are too similar to differentiate when algorithm used see low 3242 Confidence and low 3 293 Echo Strength e can be detected within the programmed range see 225 Far Range If 243 Fail Safe mA Valueis displayed check the following e Surface monitored is within the transducer maximum range e 216 Transducer model matches the transducer used e Transducer is located and aimed properly e Transducer that is installed without a submergence shield is not submerged Adjust Transducer Aiming See the transducer manual for range mounting and aiming details For optimum performance adjust transducer aiming to provide the best 229 2 Confidence and 2293 Echo Strengthtor all material levels within the measurement range Displaying Echoes The most efficient method of checking echoes is locally via the LUI or remotely using SIMATIC PDM AMS FC375 475 or DTM software Use LUI or remote software to graphically display the echo profile at the installation Interpret the echo profile and change relevant parameters For LUI see Requesting an Echo Profile on page 57 and for details on how to interpret an Echo Profile see Echo Processing on page 255 Page 242 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Increase Fail safe Timer Value Increase the 242 LOF Timer value if fail safe operation will not be compromis
66. breakpoint at each arc apex e two breakpoints very near the maximum head For combination curves enter at least 2 breakpoints immediately before and after any sharp angle as well as 1 breakpoint exactly at the angle on the curve gt gt LI 2 zo 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 265 Method of Flow Calculation The SITRANS LUT400 can be programmed to use either of two methods for calculating flow from the head measurement absolute or ratiometric The result is the same regardless of the method used The main difference is the information that must be entered in order for the device to carry out the calculation Refer to2 57 Primary Measuring Device PMD and 2154 Dimensions for list of information required For the ratiometric method it is usually sufficient that the user know the flow rate which occurs at maximum head hga On the other hand absolute calculations require that the user enter information such as the physical dimensions of the PMD and the constant relating to units of measure for both linear dimensions and flow rates Example the general formula for flow through a single exponent PMD is Q KH the specific formula for flow through a 45 V notch weir is cfs 103 25 thus 0 flow in cubic feet per second K constant of 1 03 head in feet The absolute method is not applicable to the following e Palmer Bowlus Fl
67. downward This will unclip slide from bottom of DIN rail 2 While holding slide down push upward on enclosure to release clips from top of DIN rail E 2 5 2 a 5 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 15 Preparation for cable entry Cables can be routed through conduit or enter the enclosure through cable glands Follow steps 1 to 5 below to first uncover cable entry holes then complete steps for use with conduit or with cable glands 1 Ensure enclosure lid is closed and fastener screws are locked 2 Place tip of screwdriver into groove on the outer diameter of the knock out tab see illustration that follows 3 Hit the end of the screwdriver with palm of hand to knock out entry hole 4 Loosen screws and remove enclosure lid 5 Remove plastic piece s that covered entry holes from enclosure Be careful not to damage the electronics with static electricity or the tools used to knock out entry holes Cable routed through conduit continued from steps 1 to 5 above 6 After preparing for cable entry in steps 1 to 5 above attach the conduit to the enclosure using only suitable size fittings approved for water tight applications Conduit size is 1 2 NPT 7 Replace enclosure lid and tighten screws knock out tab groove for screwdriver 3 places 3 places For a more detailed dimension drawing see S 7RAWS LUT400 Dimensions on page 253
68. entry knock out in the blank lid is removed e Anenclosure reduced to IP20 rating and intended for use in non hazardous locations must be installed in an indoor location free of dust and moisture or be installed in a suitably rated field enclosure IP54 or better 4 Connectthe extension cable to the display connector on the terminal board If desired attach second extension cable to the other end of the first extension cable 5 Feed the free end of the extension cable through cable entry hole on blank lid 6 Connect extension cable to display cable on remote lid 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 29 7 Secure blank lid on device and mount display lid remotely See Remote mounted lid on page 12 for mounting instructions 00000000 00000000 TRANSDUCER DISCRETE NPUTS POWER blank lid ejes 09 91212 repis e 7 8 9 to AT oov O x 8 x eos SLOW BLOW 100 230V 5 a RELAYS mAQUTHART we cable entry eese knock out mesm E was 17 18 19 20 2 mom 2 ez es LI SERVICE extension cable Ej 2 5 or 5 m in 9 length to be connected to di isplay cable i i extension cable remote display lid p di connector Extension cable Optional extension cables 2 5 m cables are available to be used wit
69. fail safe condition occurs then the current series of clicks will be allowed to complete When totalizing volume Since pumps do not run when in fail safe then the external totalizer will in general not operate either If a fail safe condition occurs during a pump cycle then the volume pumped for that cycle will totalized Page 66 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 When totalizing OCM flow The flow totalizers continue to operate during a fail safe condition thus the external totalizer relay will also continue to operate External Sampler relay The External Sampler relay operates the same as the External Totalizer relay described above The periodic timeout click will also continue to occur in fail safe Communications relays Relays controlled by communications HART are not affected by a fail safe condition Relay states The relays on the SITRANS LUT400 are programmable allowing for many control schemes Relay Types Relay 1 NO NC Form C Relay 2 3 NO Form A Relay output logic Affects relay reaction Reverses the logic normally open to normally closed or vice versa Relay logic can be modified separately for alarms and controls Logic for pumps 5 cannot be reversed 5 Function Parameter 28111 Relay 1 Logic 5 2811 Relay Logictor 26 Alarms 28112 Relay 2 Logic 28113 Relay 3 Logic 8 2111 Elapsed Time Helay 21115 Relay Logic 2
70. flow log interval in minutes when 2 10 3 T Flow Log Mode set to variable rate Range 1 to 1440 Default 1 Values 2 10 3 6 Rapid Flow Log Setpoint Sets rapid flow setpoint as a percent based on flow logger mode when 2103 1 Log Mode set to a variable rate Range 0 000 to 110 000 Default 0 000 Values 2 11 Other Control Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 2 11 1 Elapsed Time Relay This function drives a relay based on an interval and duration of time The relay toggles on and offat a rate set by the parameters below This relay is not affected by LOE faults alarms or any other condition within the device 2 11 1 1 Enable Enables disables elapsed time relay control ENABLED DISABLED Options _ 2 11 1 2 Interval The interval in minutes from the activation of the relay until the next activation Range 0 1 to 99999 Values Default 60 0 a Fractional values are allowed such as 0 5 for 30 seconds This value must be greater than the 277 3 Duration or the relay will never reset The first activation occurs when the device is powered on 2 11 1 3 Relay Duration The time in seconds from one change of state in the relay to the next R 1 Values ange 1 to 9999 Default 10 This value must be less than the 27772 n
71. for controls Default Alarm Contact Pump or Control Contact Options i Normally Closed Normally Open Normally Open Normally Closed In software all relays are programmed the same way with ON setpoints indicating when to change the relay contact state open or closed Some parameters allow the reversal of the operation so that relay contacts can be NORMALLY CLOSED or NORMALLY OPEN for example when assigned to an alarm Page 64 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Relay function Alarm Level In high alarm the alarm state becomes active when the level rises to High Level Value ON and inactive when it falls below High Level Value OFF In low alarm the alarm state becomes active when the level falls to Low Level Value ON and inactive when the level rises above Low Level Value OFF In bounds The relay alarm becomes active if the level is inside a user defined range Out of bounds The relay alarm becomes active if the level is outside a user defined range Temperature In high alarm the alarm state becomes active when the temperature rises to High Temperature Value ON and inactive when the temperature falls below High Temperature Value OFF In low alarm the alarm state becomes active when the temperature falls to Low Temperature Value ON and inactive when the temperature rises above Low Temperature Value Switch Discrete Input The relay alarm state associated
72. help you configure the device for a simple application We recommend that you configure your application in the following order e First run the appropriate Quick Start Wizard for your application Level Volume Flow e Next setup pumps via the Pump Control Wizard if applicable Lastly configure alarms or other controls totalizers samplers referencing the respective parameters see Parameter reference LUI on page 137 It is important that alarms and other controls are configured last to avoid pump relay assignments being overridden by the Quick Start Wizard There are two ways to access the Quick Start wizards e locally see Quick Start Wizards via LUI on page 38 e remote location see Other Quick Start Wizards SWJ on page 38 See Level Application Example page 58 Flow application example on page 59 for illustrations and for the complete range of parameters see Parameter reference LUI on page 137 Activating SITRANS LUT400 Notes e Program Mode and Measurement mode refer to the display only While the device is in Program mode the output remains active and continues to respond to changes in the device enter Program mode using the device local push buttons press Press lt Q to return to Measurement mode The display will return to Measurement mode after ten minutes of inactivity from last button press when in Program Mode and from within a Wizard Pressing will
73. is available in bound version and in While we have verified the contents of this electronic version We encourage users to purchase manual for agreement with the authorized bound manuals or to view electronic instrumentation described variations remain versions as designed and authored by Siemens possible Thus we cannot guarantee full Milltronics Process Instruments Siemens Milltronics agreement The contents of this manual are Process Instruments will not be responsible for the regularly reviewed and corrections are contents of partial or whole reproductions of either included in subsequent editions We welcome bound or electronic versions all suggestions for improvement Technical data subject to change MILLTRONICS is a registered trademark of Siemens Milltronics Process Instruments Contact SMPI Technical Publications European Authorized Representative at the following address Technical Publications Siemens AG Siemens AG Industry Sector Siemens Milltronics Process Instruments 76181 Karlsruhe 1954 Technology Drive Box 4225 Deutschland Peterborough Ontario Canada K9J 7B1 Email techpubs smpi siemens com For a selection of Siemens Milltronics level measurement manuals go to WWW siemens com processautomation Under Process Instrumentation select Leve Measurement and then go to the manual archive listed under the product family e For a selection of Siemens Milltronics weighing manuals go to www sieme
74. mode Key functions in Measurement mode Programming SITRANS 107400 22 22 Quick Start Wizards Quick Start Wizards via LUI Requesting an Echo Profile Device Address Testing the configuration Application examples Lee peter dene tinte i dad e Level Application Example Flow application example General Operation Starting measurement Measurement conditions essen tttttnnttttnnnttttttnntttttnnnitttennttis 63 Response Rate eie epe 63 Dimensions Delays ust AE Relay behaviour under fail safe conditions ss 66 Relay states 67 Relay related 67 Relays controlled by HART Communications tette 69 Discrete 69 Backup Level Override 69 Basic P a e adis 69 Backup Level Override parameters 00 69 Level Override conditions eterne 70 Affect of Backup Level Override eene 70 Additional considerations Pump Interlocks Re eee Switch DI Alarm
75. not apply to your application check the applicable parameter reference for the available options Level Application Example sensor reference point 10m High Cal Point distance space 75m 15 0m A level 6 5m 1 Low Cal Point Far Range i Y Quick Start Parameter Setting Description Transducer XPS 15 Transducer to be used with the LUT400 Temperature Source TS 3 Temperature source Units M Sensor measurement units High Calibration Point 10 Process full level Low Calibration Point 15 0 Process empty level Response Rate SLOW Sets Fill Rate Empty Rate to 0 1 m minute See Fill Rate per Minute 23 1 page 142 The application is a vessel that takes an average 3 hours 180 minutes to fill and 3 weeks to empty Fill rate Low Cal Pt High Cal Pt fastest of fill or empty time 155m 1 m 180 min 145 180 min 0 08 m min Page 58 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML1998MV01 Flow application example Parshall Flume In this example a 12 inch 0 305 m Parshall Flume has been installed in an open channel As per the supplier s data sheet the device has been rated for a maximum flow of 1143 m per hour at a maximum head of 0 6 m The Parshall Flume is considered an exponential device therefore the supplier s data sheet includes a flow exponent value of 1 522 The SITRANS LUT400 and the XRS 5 transducer h
76. of Sensor Offset is known enter the constant that can be added to or subtracted from sensor value to compensate if the sensor reference point has shifted 2 2 4 Near Range The range in front of the device measured trom the sensor reference point within which any echoes will be ignored This is sometimes referred to as blanking or a dead zone Defined in Units 2 1 1 Range 0 000 to 60 000 Default 0 300 Values 2 2 5 Far Range Note Far Range can extend beyond the bottom of the vessel Allows the material level to drop below Low Calibration Point without generating a Loss of Echo LOE state See Sensor Mode 2 1 2 on page 138 for an illustration Defined in Units 2 1 1 Range Min Low Calibration Point Values Max 61 000 M 200 13 FT Default Value for Low Calibration Pt 1 m 3 281 ft 79 2 S 7 Use this feature if the measured surface can drop below the Low Calibration Point in normal operation 1 The value produced by the echo processing which represents the distance from sensor refer ence point to the target see Sensor Mode on page 138 for illustration 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 141 Parameters 2 2 6 Auto Sensor Offset Note Auto Sensor Offset supports adjustments to distance value only Calibrates actual distance ifreported value is consistently high or low by a fixed amount A
77. on which daylight saving will end SUNDAY MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY Options THURSDAY FRIDAY SATURDAY SUNDAY 2 14 37 Ending Month The month in which daylight saving will end JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTO Options BER NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY 2 15 Flow Available only on LUT430 Pump and Flow model and LUT440 OCM model Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 79 2 2 2 7 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 189 Parameters 2 15 1 Primary Measuring Device PMD The type of primary measuring device PMD used OFF no calculation EXPONENTIAL DEVICES RECTANGULAR FLUME BS 3680 ROUND NOSE HORIZONTAL CR BS 3680 TRAPEZOIDAL FLUME BS 3680 U FLUME BS 3680 FINITE CREST WEIR BS 3680 Values THIN PLATE RECT WEIR BS 3680 THIN PLATE V NOTCH WEIR BS 3680 RECT WEIR CONTRACTED ROUND PIPE PALMER BOWLUS FLUME H FLUME UNIVERSAL HEAD FLOW The LUT400 is pre programmed for common PMD flow calculations If your PMD is not listed use a Universal Flow calculation SeeUniversal calculation support on page 116 2 15 2 Auto Zero Head Calibrates 2 15 3 5 Zero Head Offset defined 2 1 1 Units based on actual head measurements
78. parameters SITRANS LUT400 Communication Systems The SITRANS LUT400 is an integrated level controller capable of communicating process information to a Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition SCADA system via a HART modem SITRANS LUT400 im o o Connection via HART modem LUT400 Communications HART Highway Addressable Remote Transducer HART is an industrial protocol that is superimposed on the 4 20 mA signal It is an open standard and full details about HART can be obtained from the HART Communication Foundation at www hartcomm org SITRANS LUT400 can be configured over the HART network using the HART Communicator 375 475 by Emerson see Operation via Field Communicator 375 475 FC375 FC475 HART on page 133 or a software package The recommended software package is the SIMATIC Process Device Manager PDM by Siemens HART Version SITRANS LUT400 conforms to HART rev 7 2 Page 124 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Burst mode SITRANS LUT400 does not support burst mode HART multi drop mode HART Multi drop Mode allows the connection of multiple field devices via HART To setup a device in Multi drop Mode see Zevice Address on page 126 Details on the use of Multi drop Mode are outlined in an application guide Working with HART which can be downloaded from the product page of our website Go to www siemens com sitransLUT400 under Sup
79. pump down well refills Inflow estimation 5 1 TT Level 5 1 m LI lt Time Page 264 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Flow Calculation Special emphasis has been placed on providing the most accurate flow calculations possible To this end specific routines have been written to comply with the British Standards Institute s Specifications BS 3680 These routines calculate correction factors taking into account second order effects such as approach velocity and boundary layer If the PMD does not match any of the eleven preset PMD calculations or if a PMD is not used select a Universal flow calculation PMD Universal Head Flow Use the head flow graph or chart provided by the PMD fabricator or create one based on the PMD or channel dimensions The SITRANS LUT400 supports Universal curved flow calculation This calculation creates a cubic spline approximation of the head flow curve providing best results if the curve is non linear and there are no sharp angles Select the head versus flow breakpoints to be entered 32 max Generally the more breakpoints entered the greater the flow calculation accuracy Select at least enough breakpoints from the curve to satisfy the following e two breakpoints very near the minimum head e one breakpoint at the tangent points of each arc e
80. relays controlled by HART contact your Siemens representative Discrete Inputs SITRANS LUT400 has two discrete inputs to trigger or alter the way SITRANS LUT400 controls devices A Backup Level Override Pump Interlock or a Switch DI Alarm can be configured using discrete inputs and discrete input logic can be reversed if necessary for the application Backup Level Override Backup level override provides the option of overriding the ultrasonic input signal from a transducer with another contacting point level device such as the Pointek CLS200 to determine the level output The material reading is fixed at the programmed switch level until the discrete input is released The LUT400 makes its decisions based on the override value Note A backup level override will prevent a fail safe condition from occurring Backup Level Override functionality is particularly useful in wet wells and reservoirs that use pumps e place a backup level switch high in a vessel to indicate when it is about to overflow e place a backup level switch low in a vessel to indicate when it is almost empty 5 E i E a 5 Basic operation Configuring Backup Level Override involves three steps see 227 Backup Level Override 1 Selecta level override value This will be the Level output produced by the instrument when the backup level override condition is present 2 Selectthe discrete input that is connected to
81. sacrifice other pumping strategies to ensure that the ratio is held true e fthe pump relays are set to the same value then the ratio equals 1 1 and all pumps are used equally default 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 153 Parameters 2 7 2 Modifiers Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 2 7 2 1 Wall Cling Reduction 2 7 2 1 1 Enable Enables disables 27 2 1 2Level Setpoint Variation ENABLED DISABLED Options 27 21 2 Level Setpoint Variation Varies the ON and OFF setpoints to reduce material buildup on the walls defined in 2 1 1 Units Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 Values This value is the range in which the setpoints are allowed to deviate The pump ON and OFF Setpoint values are randomly varied inside the range to ensure that the material level does not consistently stop at the same point level setpoint ON random setpoint range 9 level setpoint variation ii level setpoint OFF Page 154 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 2 7 2 2 Energy Savings Available only on LUT430 Pump and Flow model and LUT440 OCM model Use these parameters to maximize your device s operation during periods of low energy cost and minimize its operation during periods of high cost The methods used to achieve this are Emptyi
82. see Using the string editor on page 187 2 11 23 Relay Duration The time in seconds from one change of state in the relay to the next Range 1 to 9999 Values Default 10 2 11 24 Assigned Relay Determines the relay assigned to time of day control RELAYT Options RELAY 2 RELAY 3 Page 176 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 2 11 25 Relay Logic Use to change the behaviour of the relay assigned to time of day control NORMALLY OPEN NORMALLY CLOSED Relay contact operation is NORMALLY CLOSED for alarms and NORMALLY OPEN for controls Options default a control contact is Normally Open For 27723 Relay Duration the corresponding relay coil is energized By setting this parameter to Normally Closed the relay coil will be de energized for the duration phase 2 11 3 External Totalizer Available only on LUT430 Pump and Flow model LUT440 OCM model This function tracks the volume of material that passes through a system The external totalizer controls a relay to signal an external totalizing device The relay toggles on and off at a rate set by the parameters below For details on relay behaviour under fail safe conditions see Miscellaneous relays on page 66 Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 2 11 3 1 Enable Enables disable
83. switch is open and the contacts on the discrete input are wired as normally open This logic can also be reversed NORMALLY OPEN to NORMALLY CLOSED or vice versa Use the Discrete Input logic parameters to set the state of each discrete input 29 Discrete Inputs 292 Discrete Input Logic Parameter 2921 Discrete Input 1 Logic 29238 Discrete Input 2 Logic Read the current state of discrete input 1 in 2222 Discrete Input 1 Scaled State and the current state of discrete input 2 in 2224 Discrete Input 2 Scaled State See Discrete inputs on page 28 for complete details on wiring the discrete inputs To override a level using a discrete input see 297 Backup Level Override on page 171 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 71 oO 5 oO oO 2 a mA Control mA output The SITRANS LUT400 has one mA output used for communications with other devices Example Configuring the mA output to send a 4 to 20 mA signal corresponding to a scaled value of 10 to 90 of maximum process level on a 60 m transducer Sample Value 251 Current Output LEVEL send mA proportional to level reading Function or 25 2 Cur rent Output Function 253 4 mA Setpoint 6 set4 mA at process level equal to 1096 of maximum Parameter Description Low Cal minus High Cal 254 20 mA Setpoint 54 set 20 mA at process level equal to 90 of maxi mum Low Cal minus High C
84. the base of the vessel is conical or parabolic A reliable echo may be available below the vessel empty distance due to an indirect reflection path Increasing Far Range by 3096 or 4096 can provide stable empty vessel readings 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 259 Measurement Response Note Units are defined in Quick Start 1 1 and are in meters by default Response Rate limits the maximum rate at which the display and output respond to changes in the measurement There are three preset options slow medium and fast Once the real process fill empty rate m min by default is established a response rate can be selected that is slightly higher than the application rate Response Rate automatically adjusts the three rate parameters that affect the output response rate Fill Rate per Minute 2 3 1 Damping Filter Empty Rate per Minute 2 3 2 2 3 3 automatically automatically adjust to adjusts to Slow 0 1 m min 100 0 s Medium 10 m min 10 0 s Fast 10 0 m min 0 05 When Response Rate set to Damping Damping Filter 2 2 3 smooths out the response to a sudden change in level This is an exponential filter and the engineering unit is always in seconds In 5 time constants the output rises exponentially from 63 2 of the change in the first time constant to almost 100 of the change by the end of the 5th time constant 45 Damping example 4 io
85. the point level device 3 Enable the Backup Level Override function It may also be necessary to invert the logic of the discrete input which is possible through the LUT400 discrete input logic parameters see 292 Discrete Input Logic Backup Level Override parameters Example SITRANS LUT400 is configured for a level measurement In the same application Discrete Input 2 is connected to a Hi Level Backup switch at a level value of 4 3 m 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 69 Settings Parameter Sample Value 2912 Level Override Value 43 2913 Discrete Input Number DISCRETE INPUT 2 2911 Enable ENABLED When the level rises to 4 3 m and the switch is activated the reading is forced to 4 3 m where it stays until the switch is de activated Level Override conditions When the discrete input activates the level output will immediately take on the value chosen in step 1 above The LUT400 LCD will indicate that the discrete input has been activated When a Backup Level Override condition clears the discrete input is deactivated the level will return to the value determined from the ultrasonic transducer or if no echo is available the device will enter the fail safe condition Affect of Backup Level Override The level produced by a Backup Level Override condition completely replaces the level that would otherwise be produced by normal echo processing algorithms This means that
86. to update the firmware in the Local User Interface LUI node and one for the sensor node One or both may be required depending on the reason for the update To complete an update follow steps in the installer 1 Connect your computer to the SITRANS LUT400 USB port 2 Before running the exe installer received from your Siemens representative note the computer COM port to which the LUT400 is connected 3 From your computer double click the exe and follow the installer steps The first step will prompt for Communication Options These options are set to factory defaults Ensure the COM Port is set to that noted in step 2 above No other changes are required 4 Follow remaining installer steps 5 complete verify the update was successful by checking the current firmware revision e If updating the LUI node recycle the power on the LUT400 On power up you will see the current LUI firmware revision on the LUT400 display e f updating the sensor node view parameter Firmware Revision 3 1 11 to see the current sensor node firmware revision Complete a Master Reset 3 2 3 to factory defaults after a successful upgrade of the sensor node before re entering parameters Transferring parameters using LUT400 display lid If necessary to transfer parameters from one LUT400 to another the LUI display maintains a backup file of the parameters on the device With this backup file it is possible to connect the remote lid t
87. value If you continue to experience problems go to our website at www siemens com sitransLUTA400 and check the FAQs for SITRANS LUT400 or contact your Siemens representative 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 229 z o a a Device Status Icons PDM Priority Icon Level Maintenance alarm Measurement values are not valid N lt z 2 Maintenance warning maintenance demanded immediately Measured signal still valid Maintenance required Measured signal still valid EM 1 Process value has reached an alarm limit Process value has reached a warning limit 3 Process value has reached a tolerance limit 4 ERN FA Configuration error Device will not work because one or more parameters compo nents is incorrectly configured Configuration warning Device can work but one or more parameters components is incorrectly configured Configuration changed 3 Device parameterization not consistent with parameterization in project Look for info text EE ae Manual operation local override Communication is good device is in manual mode m o e Simulation or substitute value e Communication is good device is in simulation mode or works with substitute values m Out of operation Communicatio
88. value see 224 Near Range E Parameter Value 2151 Primary Measuring Device PMD Palmer Bowlus Flume 2154 PMD Dimensions Maximum Flume width hy 215 23 Maximum Head 21534 Maximum Flow at 20 mA 215 35 Zero Head Offset 21537 Flowrate Units 21531 Method of Flow Calculation Ratiometric Note Palmer Bowlus Flume can only be setup using ratiometric calculations Application information e Sized by pipe diameter D e Flume relief is trapezoidal e Designed to install directly into pipelines and manholes e Head is referenced to bottom of the throat not bottom of the pipe For rated flows under free flow conditions the head is measured at a distance of D 2 upstream from the beginning of the converging section Page 114 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 H Flume Plan View transducer flow point of measurement Front View Side vew gt m D The transducer must be above the maximum head by at least the blanking value see 224 Vear Hange Parameter Value 215 1 Primary Measuring Device PMD H Flume 215 4 PMD Dimensions Flume height D 2 21533 Maximum Head S 21534 Maximum Flow at 20 mA o 2153 4 Flowrate Units 21531 Method of Flow Calculation Ratiometric E Note H Flume can only be setup using ratiometric calculations e Sized by maximum depth of flume e Approach is preferably rectangular matching wid
89. value is not entered the clock will default to 0 seconds 2 14 3 Daylight Saving Use the following parameters to enable and define start end dates for daylight saving Start end time of day is always 2 00am Example Set the start of daylight saving to the second Sunday in February and the end of daylight saving to the first Sunday in November Starting Ordinal Second Starting Day Sunday Starting Month February Ending Ordinal First Ending Day Sunday Ending Month November 214 31 Enable Enables disables daylight saving ENABLED Options DISABLED 2 14 3 2 Starting Ordinal The order of the day within the month when daylight saving will begin FIRST SECOND THIRD FOURTH FIRST Options Page 188 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT 2 14 3 3 Starting Day The day of the week on which daylight saving will begin SUNDAY MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY Options THURSDAY FRIDAY SATURDAY SUNDAY 2 14 34 Starting Month The month in which daylight saving will begin JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL MAY 5 JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTO Options BER NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY 2 14 3 5 Ending Ordinal The order of the day within the month when daylight saving will end FIRST SECOND THIRD FOURTH FIRST Options 2 14 3 6 Ending Day The day of the week
90. which echoes are determined to be valid Page 280 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Index A Abbreviations and Identifications list 271 accuracy 247 alarm 76 bounded 77 common parameters 76 level 76 rate 79 temperature 78 79 algorithms 181 257 adjusting 244 alternate duty assist 80 152 alternate duty backup 81 82 85 alternate duty service 83 84 application test 123 B backup level override 69 blanking see Near Range 259 C cable routing 10 cables requirements 20 characterization chart 73 coaxial cable 22 23 communications 124 conduits requirements 20 Connect 225 D Damping explanation 260 date 188 device description HART 125 dimensions 63 discrete input pump interlock 87 discrete inputs 69 algorithms 181 echo selection Algorithm 257 edit mode handheld programmer 37 key functions 37 exponential flow 100 external totalizers 93 F fail safe 63 Fail safe Mode explanation 261 Fail safe Timer explanation 261 fatring 90 Figure of Merit FOM 202 256 258 fixed duty assist 82 flow calculation 265 flume cutthroat 103 104 H flume 115 Leopold Lagco 102 Palmer Bowlus 114 Parshall 101 117 rectangular 105 universal trapezoidal 117 FOM 202 256 258 function keys measurement mode 35 navigation mode 36 H handheld programmer edit mode 37 measurement mode 35 navigation 36 HART device description 125 multi drop mode 125 hazardous area installations wiri
91. 0 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 103 Khafagi Venturi Plan View Front View Side View width flow Zero 1 T The transducer must be above the maximum head by at least the blanking value see 224 Vear Range Application information e Similar to Parshall flume except that the floor is flat bottomed and the sidewalls are curved 8 For rated flows under free flow conditions the head is measured 1 x channel width upstream from the beginning of the converging section e E Parameter Value 2151 Primary Measuring Device PMD Exponential Devices 21532 Flow Exponent 1 55 Consult your flume documentation 21533 Maximum Head 215 3 4 Maximum Flow at 20 mA 2153 7 Flowrate Units 21541 Factor a Required for exponential device absolute calculation only Page 104 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Applications supported by SITRANS LUT400 BS 3680 Rectangular Flume Diagonal View Plan View 3to 4x hy Front View Side View transducer Zero Head UE i flow The transducer must be above the maximum head by at least the blanking value see 224 Vear Range Parameter 2151 Primary Measuring Device PMD 215 4 PMD Dimensions 215 3 5 Zero Head Offset 21537 Flowrate Units 21531 Method of Flow Calculation 21534 Maximum Flow at 20 mA
92. 0 000 volume units would display as 10 2 1 34 Inflow Discharge Adjust Determines how inflow or discharge adjustment is made BASED ON The inflow rate measured just prior to the start RATE of the pump cycle is used to estimate the ESTIMATION inflow for the duration of the cycle The inflow is calculated using the change of Options BASED ON volume between the end of the last pump cycle PUMP CYCLE and the start of the next one and the time period between the last cycle and the current one NO ADJUST No inflow adjustment is made assumes an MENT inflow of zero For an illustration see Pump Totalizers on page 264 Select YES to reset pumped volume totalizer value to zero 2 7 3 5 Reset Running Totalizer Options YES 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 161 9 2 2 oO oO a Parameters 28 Alarms The SITRANS LUT400 supports eight alarm types Any alarm can be assigned to any available relay It is possible to assign more than one alarm to the same relay In this case the relay will activate if any one of the alarms is activated If no alarms are activated the relay will become inactive For details on relay behaviour under fail safe conditions see Alarm relays on page 66 Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 2 8 1 High Lev
93. 00 to 23 59 Format HH MM 24 hour format e g for Values 5 30pm set parameter to 17 30 Default 00 00 Used in conjunction with 27224 Peak 7 End Timeto define the high cost period For instructions on how to edit parameters with a string editor see Using the string editor on page 187 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 155 79 E Parameters 2 1 2 24 Peak 1 End Time Sets the end time of the high energy cost period 1 Range 00 00 to 23 59 Format HH MM 24 hour format e g for 5 30pm set parameter to 17 30 Default 00 00 Values Used in conjunction with 27223 Peak 1 Start Time to define the high cost period For instructions on how to edit parameters with a string editor see Using the string editor on page 187 2 7 2 2 5 Peak 2 Start Time Sets the start time of the high energy cost period 2 Range 00 00 to 23 59 Format HH MM 24 hour format e g for Values 5 30pm set parameter to 17 30 Default 00 00 Used in conjunction with 27226 Peak 2 End Time to define the high cost period 21 2 26 Peak 2 End Time Sets the end time of the high energy cost period 2 Range 00 00 to 23 59 Format HH MM 24 hour format e g for Values 5 30pm set parameter to 17 30 Default 00 00 Used in conjunction with 2722 5 Peak 2 Start Time to define
94. 1 Level To Spill Value defined in 2 1 1 Units representing material level at which a spill will occur 999999 000 to 999999 000 Default 0 000 This value must be greater than high level alarm ON setpoint High Level Value ON 2 81 2 2 8 12 2 Minutes Left To Spill Read only Calculated value representing minutes remaining before a spill will occur Enter the level at which a spill condition will occur in 28 72 7 Level To Spill When the High Level Alarm is tripped the estimated time to spill is displayed in 28 722 Minutes Left To Spill The estimated time is calculated by the LUT400 based on the material level and the rate of change of the material level If the High Level alarm is not tripped or the material level is falling then the estimated time to spill will display as zero Options 2 9 Discrete Inputs Discrete inputs are used to trigger or alter the way SITRANS LUT400 controls devices such as pumps and alarms Discrete inputs can be used for the following as a backup level override allowing the device to be more flexible by interlocking control functions with external conditions For more detail see Discrete Inputs on page 69 Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated Page 170 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 2 9 1 Backup Level Override Use this feature to override the material reading by
95. 112 Time of Day Relay 21125 Relay Logic 211 Oth trol 2113 External Totalizer 21135 Relay Logic 2114 External Sampler 21146 Helay Logic Relay related parameters Some parameters affect how relays react during normal conditions Setpoints When a setpoint is reached the corresponding action is taken The setpoint can be an ON or OFF setpoint related to a process variable or a timed setpoint based on interval and duration 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 67 1 ON and OFF Setpoints Sets the process point at which the relay is activated ON setpoint then reset OFF setpoint These setpoints are set separately for each pump within each pump control and for each alarm type Function Parameter 2716 ON Setpoint Pump 1 2717 UFF Setpoint Pump 1 27 Pumps 271 Basic Setup 2718 ON Se 2 oint bon 2 2719 OFF Setpoint Pump 2 242213 Peak ON Setpoint Pump 1 272 Modifiers 272214 Peak OFF Setpoint Pump 1 for 27 Pumps 2722 Energy Savings 272215 Peak ON Spon 2 272216 Peak OFF Setpoint Pump 2 gt 2812 High Level Value 281 High Level Alarm 3973 Ho Level Value OFF 2822 Low Level Value ON SIEG HOMO 2823 Low Level Value OFF 284 In bounds Level 2842 High Level Value Alarm 2843 Low Level Value 285 Out of bounds 2852 High Level Value 28 Abs Level Alarm 2853 Low
96. 124 5 Breakpoint 33 40 Range 50 to 50 dB Values Default 0 dB 79 2 2 2 7 1 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 185 Parameters 2 12 5 Measured Values Read only Allows you to view measured values for diagnostic purposes To access measured values via SIMATIC PDM Open the menu View Process Variables Note These parameters will display the simulated value when in simulation mode see Simulation process on page 122 2 12 5 1 Level Measurement The distance to monitored surface referenced from Low Calibration Point 221 defined in Units 2 1 1 2 12 5 2 Space Measurement The distance to monitored surface referenced from High Calibration Point 222 defined in Units 2 1 1 2 12 5 3 Distance Measurement The distance to monitored surface referenced from the transducer face sensor reference point defined in Units 2 1 1 2 12 54 Volume Measurement The calculated vessel volume calculated from level and scaled according to vessel shape in Volume Units 26 2 2 12 5 5 Head Measurement Available only on LUT430 Pump and Flow model and LUT440 DCM model Corresponds to Head the distance from Zero Head Offset 2 15 2 5 to the monitored surface in Units 2 1 1 1 2 12 5 6 Flow Measurement Available only on LUT430 Pump and Flow model and LUT440 OCM model
97. 1400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Operation via Field Communicator 375 475 FC375 FC475 HART Features and Functions The FC375 FC475 HART Communicator is a handheld communication device that is easy to use and provides universal support for other HART devices such as the SITRANS LUT400 For list of parameters available with the Field Communicator see HAAT FC379 FC475 Menu Structure in the LUT400 Communications manual This menu structure is very similar to that of AMS Device Manager Startup and Configuration In order to configure this HART device just as with AMS the configuration software requires the HART Electronic Device Description EDD for the instrument Once the EDD is installed you can configure the device using the Quick Start Wizards within FC375 475 i cs 2 1 m M ol For instructions on how to install the EDD and how to configure a new device using FC375 475 refer to the LUT400 Communications manual 1 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 133 Notes 2 Li 134 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Operation via FDT Field Device Tool Features and Functions FDT is a standard used in several software packages designed to commission and maintain
98. 167 Highest Value 3 2 8 1 202 Hover Level 212 3 3 184 Identification 31 198 In bounds Level Alarm 2 8 4 164 Inflow Discharge Adjust 2 1 3 4 161 Installation Date 3 1 5 199 Interval 2 111 2 Elapsed Time Relay 2111 175 Interval 211 4 3 External Sampler 2 1 4 178 Factor 215 41 195 Language 6 217 LCD Contrast 2 13 2 187 Level 3 41 214 Level Measurement 212 51 186 Level Override Value 2 91 2 171 Level Setpoint Variation 27 21 2 154 Level Simulation Enable 3 411 214 Level To Spill 2 8 12 1 170 Level Value 3 41 2 214 Loader Revision 3112 199 Local Display Backlight 2133 186 Page 220 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO01 Parameter Name Parameter Number Page Number LOE Timer 2 4 2 144 Long Shot Duration 2 18 140 Long TAG 312 199 Low Calibration Point 2 21 140 Low How Cutoff 2 15 3 9 193 Low FHlowrate Alarm 2 810 169 Low Flowrate Value OFF 2 810 3 169 Low Flowrate Value ON 2 810 2 169 Low Level Alarm 2 8 2 163 Low Level Value 2 8 4 3 In bounds Level Alarm 2 8 4 164 Low Level Value 2 8 5 3 Out of bounds Level Alarm 2 8 5 165 Low Level Value OFF 2 8 23 163 Low Level Value 2 8 2 2 163 Low Temperature Alarm 2 8 6
99. 2 15 4 1 KFactor The constant used in the flow calculation formula for absolute calculation of an exponential device only Range 999 000 to 9999 000 Default 1 000 Use this parameter if the PMD is set to Exponential devices The Constant Factor is used to create an exponential curve with end points set by 21533 Maximum Head and 212 35 Zero Head Offset and with the curve based on the specified exponent Values 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 195 79 2 2 Parameters 2 15 4 2 V Notch Angle The V Notch angle used in the flow calculation formula Values Range 25 000 to 95 000 Default 25 000 Use when PMD is set to Thin Plate V Notch Weir 21543 Slope The Flow Slope used in the flow calculation formula Values Range 999 000 to 9999 000 Default 0 000 Use when PMD is set to Trapezoidal Flume or Round Pipe 2 1544 Roughness Coefficient The Flow Roughness Coefficient used in the flow calculation formula Values Range 999 000 to 9999 000 Default 0 000 Use when PMD is set to Round Pipe 2 154 5 2 154 6 21547 2 154 8 OCM Dimension 1 OCM Dimension 2 OCM Dimension 3 OCM Dimension 4 See table under PMD Dimensions 2 15 4 to relate Dimension 1 4 above to a specific dimension for each directly supported Primary Measuring Device
100. 20 mA setpoint Response rate is set to be faster than the fastest Response Rate Medium rise in material level under typical operating con p 1 0 m min ditions In this example the rate is faster than the Peak Time rate provided by the end user Method of Flow Calculation Ratiometric Used when theMax Headiand Max Fb are provided Maximum Head 0 6m Available from the PMD supplier data sheet Flowrate Units Cum hr Set per end user requirements Maximum Flow at 20 mA 1143 Available from the PMD supplier data sheet Flowrate Decimal No Digits For the purpose of this example decimals are not required This parameter stops the LUT440 from totalizing if the head value corresponding to low flow is Low Flow Cutoff 0 00 reached This prevents flow from being totalized when the head level reaches the ineffective point of the PMD Refer to the PMD data sheets for ratings Fail safe Alarm setup Parameter Setting Value Continue with alarm setup below Description By selecting Enabled the fail safe alarm is now Enable 2 8 8 1 Enabled Select relay to be used for fail safe alarm Assigned Relay 2 8 8 2 Relay 1 Relay 1 is the dedicated alarm relay for the LUT400 Continue with sampler setup on next page Page 60 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML1998MV01 External Sampler setup Settin Lr Parameter 9 Description Value Enable 21141 Enabled B
101. 3 164 Discrete Inputs 2 9 Setup 2 170 Discrete Inputs 3 4 2 Simulation 3 4 215 Display 213 186 Distance Measurement 2 12 5 3 186 Echo Profile 3 21 200 Echo Quality 3 2 9 202 Echo Select 212 2 181 Echo Strength 3 2 9 3 203 Echo Threshold 242 2 2 182 Elapsed Time Relay 2111 175 Empty Rate per Minute 2 3 2 143 Enable 21011 Process Value Log 2101 174 Enable 210 21 Alarm Log 2 10 2 174 Enable 21111 Elapsed Time Relay 2111 175 Enable 211 21 Time of Day Relay 2112 176 gt Enable 211 31 External Totalizer 211 3 177 s Enable 2 11 4 External Sampler 2114 178 3 Enable 214 31 Daylight Saving 2143 188 Enable 2 1211 Wall Cling Reduction 2 1 2 1 154 Enable 2 12 24 Energy Savings 2 1 2 2 155 Enable 2 12 31 Pump 2 12 3 159 Enable 2 811 High LevelAlarm 2 81 162 Enable 2 8101 Low Howrate Alarm 2 810 169 Enable 2 8 21 Low Level Alarm 2 8 2 163 Enable 2 8 31 Switch Discrete Input Alarm 2 8 3 163 Enable 2 8 41 n bounds Level Alarm 2 8 4 164 Enable 2 8 51 Qut of bounds Level Alarm 2 8 5 165 Enable 2 8 61 Low Temperature Alarm 2 8 6 166 Enable 2 8 11 High Temperature Alarm 2 8 1 167 Enable 2 8 81 Fail safe Fault Alarm 2 8 8 167 Enable 2 8 91 High Flowrate Alarm 2 8 9 168 Enable 2 911 Backup Level Override 2 91 171 Enable Pump 1 2 9 3 1 173 7 11998
102. 32 Multiplieris preset to 1 so 21132 Multiplier the default number of contacts is Example one contact per unit of volume To click once every 4310 units set 277 22 Multiplier to 4310 The totalizer source and units depend on the volume configuration Units Source 261 Vessel Shape NONE 216 Totalizers 21537 Flowrate Units flow totalizer 261 Vessel Shape any setting 273 Totalizers pumped 262 Volume Units Volume Configuration Totalizer Source other than NONE volume totalizer Parameter sample Description Value e 2 131 Enable Enabled Enables External Totalizer Relay 21132 Multiplier 4310 Click once every 4310 units 21133 Relay Duration 0 2 Activates the relay for 0 2 seconds 21134 Assigned Relay Relay 1 Sets relay 1 to be controlled by external El totalizer 5 Use if necessary to change the Normally behaviour of the relay assigned to the 21135 Relay Logic Closed totalizer Default Normally Open 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 95 Flow Sampler Use the 2774 External Samplertunction to activate the flow sampler relay based on volume and time 1 contact every x units where x value set in 21142 Multiplieris preset to 1 so 21142 Multiplier the default number of contacts for Example a pumped volume cycle is one To click once every 4310 units set 27742 Multiplier contact per unit of volume to 4310 The totalizer source and units depend on the volume config
103. 4 time constant 2 seconds ssec input level change 2 4 Ic T 77 2 15 Level m 1 05 1 2 4 5 Time s input level smoothed output Note Damping Filter can be set to 0 in order to display measurement readings as fast as fill empty rates permit Fill Rate per Minute and Empty Rate per Minute work in conjunction with Damping Filter therefore if readings are slow to respond to changes check that Fill and Empty Rates are set to values greater than or equal to the desired Response Rate m 2 LI lt 260 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Analog Output The mA output current output is proportional to material level in the range 4 to 20 mA 0 and 10096 are percentages of the full scale reading m cm mm ft in Typically mA output is set so that 4 mA equals 0 and 20 mA equals 100 Current Output Function 2 6 1 Current Output Function 2 6 1 controls the mA output and applies any relevant scaling By default it is set to LEVEL Other options are Space Distance Volume Head Flow or Manual A MANUAL setting allows you to test the functioning of the loop You can also set the mA output to report when the device is in an error condition and the fail safe timer has expired By default the reported value depends on the device type A standard device reports the last vali
104. 40 216 TRANSDUCER 217 FREQUENCY 218 LONG SHOT DURATION 219 SHORT SHOT DURATION 22 CALIBRATION 221 LOW CALIB PT 2 22 HIGH CALIB PT 2 2 3 SENSOR OFFSET 2 24 NEAR RANGE 2 2 5 FAR RANGE 2 2 6 AUTO SENSOR OFFSET 23 RATE 231 FILL RATE MIN 2 3 2 EMPTY RATE MIN 2 3 3 DAMPING FILTER 24 FAIESAFE 241 MATERIAL LEVEL 24 2 LOE TIMER 24 3 FAIESAFE MA VALUE 25 CURRENT OUTPUT 2 51 CURR OUT FUNC LUT420 2 5 2 CURR OUT FUNC LUT430 440 2 5 3 4 SETPOINT 2 5 4 20 MA SETPOINT 2 5 5 MIN MA LIMIT 2 5 6 MAX MA LIMIT 2 5 7 MANUAL VALUE 2 5 8 CURRENT OUTPUT VALUE 26 VOLUME 2 61 VESSEL SHAPE 2 6 2 VOLUME UNITS 2 6 3 MAX VOLUME 2 64 DIMENS A 2 6 5 DIMENS L 2 6 6 USER DEFINED UNIT Page 274 SITRANS LUT400 HART INSTRUCTION MANUAL SITRANS LUT400 HART INSTRUCTION MANUAL 7ML19985MV01 2 SETUP VOLUME cont 2 SETUP ALARMS cont d 2 6 7 TABLE 1 8 28 ALARMS 26 8 TABLE 9 16 2 81 HIGH LEVEL ALARM 2 6 9 TABLE 17 24 2 811 ENABLE 2 6 10 TABLE 25 32 2 812 HIGH LEVEL VALUE ON 27 PUMPS 2 813 HIGH LEVEL VALUE OFF 271 BASIC SETUP 2 8 1 4 ASSIGNED RELAY 2711 PUMP CONTROL ENABLE 2 8 1 5 ALARM STATE 2712 RELAY PUMP 1 2 8 2 LOW LEVEL ALARM 2713 RELAY PUMP 2 2 8 21 ENABLE 2 71 4 PUMP CONTROL MODE LUT420 2 8 2 2 LOW LEVEL VALUE ON 2 71 5 PUMP CONTROL MODE LUT430 440 2 8 2 3 LOW LEVEL VALUE OFF 2 71 6 ON SETPOINT PUMP 1 2 8 2 4 ASSIGNED RELAY 2717 OFF SETPOINT PUMP 1 2 8 2 5 ALARM
105. 5 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 219 Parameters Parameter Name Parameter Number Page Number Enable Pump 2 2 9 3 3 173 Ending Day 24 3 6 189 Ending Month 214 3 1 189 Ending Ordinal 214 3 5 189 Energy Savings 2 1 2 2 155 External Sampler 211 4 178 External Totalzer 21113 177 Fai Safe 2 4 143 Fail safe Fault Alarm 2 8 8 166 Fail Safe mA Value 2 4 3 144 Far Range 2 2 5 141 Figure of Merit 3 2 91 202 Fill Hate per Minute 2 31 142 Firmware Revision 3 1 11 199 Fixed Temperature 2121 4 180 Flow 215 189 Flow Exponent 2 15 3 2 191 Flow Log 210 3 174 Flow Log Mode 210 31 174 Flow Measurement 212 5 6 186 Flowrate Decimal 2 15 3 6 193 Flowrate Units 215 37 193 Frequency 2111 140 Hardware Revision 3 1 10 199 Head Measurement 2 12 5 5 186 High Calibration Point 2 2 2 141 High Flowrate Alarm 2 8 9 168 High Flowrate Value OFF 2 8 9 3 168 High Flowrate Value 2 8 9 2 168 High Level Alarm 2 81 162 High Level Value 2 8 4 2 164 High Level Value 2 8 5 2 165 High Level Value OFF 2 81 3 162 High Level Value ON 2 8 1 2 162 High Temperature Alarm 281 166 High Temperature Value OFF 2 8 13 167 High Temperature Value 2 8 72
106. 7ML19985NE01 Page 200 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 e Date 2141 and Time 2 14 2 values are not reset DO NOTHING Return to previous menu Options FACTORY DEFAULTS To perform a resetto factory defaults via SIMATIC PDM open the menu Device Master Reset 3 2 4 Power on Resets The number of power cycles that have occurred since manufacture In SIMATIC PDM open the menu Device Wear 3 2 5 Power on Time Displays the number of days the device has been powered on since manufacture In SIMATIC PDM open the menu Device Wear 3 2 6 View Logs View various log types with entries to a collective maximum of approximately 30 000 listed by day For a list of field names that coincide with the comma delimited log file on the PC see Data Logging on page 267 Notes No data logs are written while device is connected to a PC via USB e To clear entries when log memory becomes full see Viewing the Data Log on page 119 3 26 1 Alarms History of alarms Displays type of alarm value at which alarm triggered state of alarm 3 2 6 2 Flow logs Displays head and flow values 3 26 3 Daily Totals Daily totals for both totalizers Displays maximum and minimum values for flow and temperature average flow and daily totalizer DT and running totalizer RT values 32 64 PV Primary Variable Displays PV type e g Level PV value and tempera
107. 8 5 2High Level Value or 28 5 3 Low Level Value 2 8 5 1 Enable Enables disables Out of bounds Level Alarm ENALBED Options DISABLED 28 52 High Level Value Sets the upper level value for range outside of which the Out of bounds Level Alarm will activate Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 Values 2 8 5 3 Low Level Value Sets the lower level value for range outside of which the Out of bounds Level Alarm will activate Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 Values 28 54 Assigned Relay Determines which relay if any will be activated when the Out of bounds Level Alarm activates NO RELAY RELAY 1 RELAY 2 RELAY 3 Options 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 165 Y 2 a Parameters 2 8 6 2 8 7 28 55 Alarm State Read only Used to view the current state of the Out of bounds Level Alarm ACTIVE INACTIVE Options Low Temperature Alarm Reported when process temperature is within a user defined range see 28862Low Temperature Value ON 28 6 3 Low Temperature Value 2 8 6 1 Enable Enables disables Low Temperature Alarm ENABLED DISABLED Options 2 8 6 2 Low Temperature Value ON Sets the temperature value defined in C at which the Low Temperature Alarm will activate Ra
108. 8000 Range 0 0 to 9999999 Default 100 0 Values 2 6 4 Dimension A The height of the vessel bottom when the bottom is conical pyramidal parabolic spherical or flat slaped If the vessel is horizontal with parabolic ends the depth of the end See Vessel Shape 26 1 for an illustration Range 0 000 to 99 999 Default 0 000 Values Defined in 277 Units 2 6 5 Dimension L Length of the cylindrical section of a horizontal parabolic end vessel See Vessel Shape 28 1 for an illustration Range 0 000 to 99 999 Default 0 000 Values Defined in 277 Units 2 6 6 User Defined Unit Set the unit text to display for current volume when 26 2 Volume Units set to user defined Limited to 16 ASCII characters 79 2 2 oO a Note The text entered is simply for display purposes No unit conversion occurs 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 149 Parameters 2 6 7 Table 1 8 fyour vessel shape is more complex than any of the preconfigured shapes you can define the shape as a series of segments A value is assigned to each level breakpoint and a corresponding value is assigned to each volume breakpoint Level values are defined in Units 2 1 1 Volume values are defined in Volume Units 262 Range 0 000 to 60 000 Default 0 000 Range 0 0 to 9999999 0 Default 0 0 Level Values Volume Values
109. 86 on setpoints 81 82 83 84 86 other controls 82 pump down 80 pump up 85 reservoir 85 run on 88 start delay 89 totalizing volume 88 wet well 80 pump control algorithms 79 80 93 options 80 pump interlock 87 pump strategies 79 0 quick start 63 R randomize setpoints 90 range 247 relay modifiers 67 parameters 67 programming 64 totalizer 94 resolution 247 Response Rate explanation 260 Page 282 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 response rate 63 run on 88 S samplers 93 SCADA 124 scum ring See wall cling 90 service ratio overview 80 settings adjust parameters via LUI 37 simulation 120 Discrete Input 120 123 Level 120 level cycle 123 process 122 single measurement 122 single point 63 sound velocity 262 start delay 89 starting measurement 63 synchronization 27 T tank shape 73 technical support contact information 1 4 58 269 temperature alarm 78 79 compensation 247 error 248 testing application 123 time control 92 Time To Spill 170 totalizer 94 transducers 23 249 connection 23 enable disable 38 203 transmit pulse 255 trends viewing via LUI 118 troubleshooting noise problems 240 TS 3 23 U universal example 74 volume 73 V vessel shape selection 147 volume calculation 263 characterization chart 73 dimensions 63 readings 73 tank shape 73 universal example 74 wall cling 90 weight 250 weir standard 100 V Notch 106 107 109 110 111 112 wet we
110. 871 SIEMENS SITRANS LUT440 7M Looocxooo0cxo00c Serial No GYZ B1034567 Power Rating 100 230V 15 50 60 Hz 36 VA 10 W Contact Rating 1 5 250V v Non Inductive Operating Temperature 20 C to 50 Enclosure IP65 TYPE 4X NEMA 4X 5 Class Div 2 Gr A B C amp D T3C Class Il Div 2 Gr F amp G Class 159134 Drawing A5E03936871 Siemens Milltronics Process Instruments Peterborough Siemens Milltronics Process Instruments Peterborough Siemens Milltronics Process Instruments Peterborough Assembled in Canada with domestic and imported parts Assembled in Canada with domestic and imported parts Assembled in Canada with domestic and imported parts SIEMENS SITRANS LUT420 7MLoooxooocxoo Serial No GYZ B1034567 Power Rating 10 32V 10W Contact Rating 1A 5A 250V v Non Inductive Operating Temperature 20 C to 50 Enclosure IP65 TYPE 4X NEMA 4X Class Div 2 Gr A B C amp D T3C Class ll Div 2 Gr F amp G Class lll 159134 Per DWG A5E03936871 SIEMENS SITRANS 107430 7M ooocooooocaoooc Serial No GYZ B1034567 Power Rating 10 32V 10W Contact Rating 1 5 250V s Non Inductive Operating Temperature 20 C to 50 C Enclosure IP65 TYPE 4X NEMA 4X Class Div 2 Gr A B C amp D T3C SR Class Il Div 2 Gr F amp G Class Il 159134 Per DWG A5E03936871 SIEMENS SITR
111. 9Nm e 5 7in lbs Please do not overtighten the screws Page 20 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Power WARNINGS The DC input terminals shall be supplied from a source providing AN electrical isolation between the input and output in order to meet the applicable safety requirements of IEC 61010 1 All field wiring must have insulation ratings suitable for the application Important Before applying power to the SITRANS LUT400 for the first time ensure any connected alarm control equipment is disabled until satisfactory system operation and performance is verified Ya 00000000 00000000 12345 ts 16 ww m Ld Gu ug avi my2 nya n ACT cable gland P d or NPT cable entry 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 21 The SITRANS LUT400 is available in AC or DC power models AC Power DC Power INPUT INPUT POWER POWER 12 B M u uw g 100 230 V L 10 32 V AC 100 230 V AC 15 50 60 Hz 36 VA 10W DC 10 32 V DC 10W Note Make sure device is connected to a reliable ground 1 To wire for power strip the cable jacket for approximately 70 mm 2 75 from the end of the cable and thread the wires through the gland 2 Connect the wires to the terminals as shown the polarity is identified b
112. A level Low Calibration Point Far Range 1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML1998MVO1 Mode Description Reference point Low Calibration Point process empty level High Calibration Point Distance to material surface process full level DISTANCE Sensor Reference Point Do NOT select If Operation value displays as OTHER the device is configured as a level controller but has been set pre OTHER viously to a mode other than LEVEL SPACE or DISTANCE The operation mode must be set to LEVEL SPACE or DISTANCE to pro ceed with the QS Level Wizard LEVEL Height of material SPACE Temperature Source Source of the temperature reading used to adjust the speed of sound 8 5 5 a TRANSDUCER FIXED TEMPERATURE EXTERNAL TS 3 AVERAGE OF SEN Options SORS Default TRANSDUCER See 7emperature Source on page 180 for more details Fixed Temperature Use this feature if a temperature sensing device is not used Range 100 0 to 150 0 Value Default 20 0 C This parameter is only displayed if FIXED TEMPERATURE selected for Temperature Source Units Sensor measurement units Options M CM MM FT IN Default M Note For the purpose of this example all values are assumed to be in meters m High Calibration Point Distance from Sensor Reference Point to High Calibration Po
113. ANS 107440 7M Looocxooo0caooc Serial No GYZ B1034567 Power Rating 10 32V 10W Contact Rating 1 5 250V s Non Inductive Operating Temperature 20 to 50 Enclosure IP65 TYPE 4X NEMA 4X Class Div 2 Gr A B C amp D T3C Class I Div 2 Gr F amp G Class Ill 159134 Per DWG A5E03936871 Siemens Milltronics Process Instruments Peterborough Siemens Milltronics Process Instruments Peterborough Siemens Milltronics Process Instruments Peterborough Assembled in Canada with domestic and imported parts Assembled in Canada with domestic and imported parts Assembled in Canada with domestic and imported parts CSA Class Div 2 connection drawing number A5E03936871 can be downloaded from the product page of our website at www siemens com sitransLUT400 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 31 Notes Page 32 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Commissioning Local Commissioning SITRANS LUT400 is an easy to use and quick to commission device with its numerous wizards and menu driven parameters The parameters can be modified locally using the LCD and the local push buttons also known as the Local User Interface LUI SITRANS LUT400 local push buttons 8 5 5 A Quick Start Wizard provides an easy step by step procedure to
114. ATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 1 Change History Sensor node Firmware PDM Rev EDD Rev Date Changes 1 00 00 1 00 00 August 3 2012 e Initial release LUI Date Changes Rev 1 00 00 August 3 2012 e Initial release E gt 2 lt 2 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Safety Notes Special attention must be paid to warnings and notes highlighted from the rest of the text by grey boxes WARNING relates to a caution symbol on the product and means that failure to observe the necessary precautions can result in death serious injury and or considerable material damage WARNING means that failure to observe the necessary precautions can result in death serious injury and or considerable material damage Note means important information about the product or that part of the operating manual Safety marking symbols In manual On product Description L L Earth ground Terminal shield Protective Conductor Terminal a lt Dispose of in an environmentally safe manner and according to local regulations m WARNING refer to accompanying documents manual A A for details CAUTION Observe electrostatic discharge precautions prior to handling electronic components within the wiring compartment M This symbol is used when there is n
115. BS 3680 U Flume Diagonal View Plan View transducer Front View Side View The transducer must be above the maximum head by at leastthe blanking value see 224 Vear iS im o o Range Parameter Value 2151 Primary Measuring Device PMD 5 3680 U Flume 2154 PMD Dimensions Approach Diameter Da Throat Diameter D Hump Height p Throat Length L 21533 Maximum Head 225 Far Range 21537 Flowrate Units 215 31 Method of Flow Calculation 21534 Maximum Flow at 20 mA Page 108 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 BS 3680 Finite Crest Weir Diagonal View Front View transducer Bc 2 Side View L flow E E 1 Zero Head o h El The transducer must be above the maximum head by at least the blanking value see 224 Near Range Parameter Value 2151 Primary Measuring Device PMD 3680 Finite Crest Weir 215 4 PMD Dimensions Crest Width b Crest Height p Crest Length L 215 323 Maximum Head 225 Far Range 2153 7 Flowrate Units 21531 Method of Flow Calculation 21534 Maximum Flow at 20 mA 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 109 BS 3680 Thin Plate Rectangular Weir Diagonal View 310 4 x hy E
116. ED RELAY 2 7 2 3 4 RUN ON DURATION PUMP 2 2 8 7 5 ALARM STATE 2724 PUMP START DELAYS LUT430 440 only 2 8 8 FAILSAFE FAULT ALARM 21241 DELAY BETWEEN STARTS 2 8 8 1 ENABLE 2 1 2 4 2 POWER RESUMPTION DELAY 2 8 8 2 ASSIGNED RELAY 2 13 TOTALIZERS LUT430 440 only 2 8 8 3 ALARM STATE 27 31 RUNNING TOTALIZER 2 8 9 HIGH FLOWRATE ALARM LUT440 only 2 7 3 2 TOTALIZER DECIMAL POSITION 2 8 91 ENABLE 27 3 3 TOTALIZER MULTIPLIER 2 8 9 2 HIGH FLOWRATE VALUE ON 2 7 3 4 INFLOW DISCHARGE ADJUST 2 8 9 3 HIGH FLOWRATE VALUE OFF 2 7 3 5 RESET RUNNING TOTALIZER 2 8 9 4 ASSIGNED RELAY 2 8 9 5 ALARM STATE 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART INSTRUCTION MANUAL SITRANS LUT400 HART INSTRUCTION MANUAL Page 275 2 SETUP ALARMS cont d 2 8 10 LOW FLOWRATE ALARM LUT440 only 2 8 10 1 ENABLE 2 8 10 2 LOW FLOWRATE VALUE ON 2 8 10 3 LOW FLOWRATE VALUE OFF 2 8 10 4 ASSIGNED RELAY 2 8 10 5 ALARM STATE 2 8 11 RELAY LOGIC 2 8 11 1 RELAY 1 LOGIC 2 8 11 2 RELAY 2 LOGIC 2 8 11 3 RELAY 3 LOGIC 2 8 12 TIME TO SPILL 2 8121 LEVEL TO SPILL 2 8 12 2 MINUTES LEFT TO SPILL 2 9 DISCRETE INPUTS 2 91 BACKUP LEVEL OVERRIDE 2 911 ENABLE 2 912 LEVEL OVERRIDE VALUE 2913 DISCRETE INPUT NUMBER 2 9 2 DISCRETE INPUT LOGIC 2 9 21 DISCRETE INPUT 1 LOGIC 2 9 2 2 DISCRETE INPUT 1 SCALED STATE 2 9 2 3 DISCRETE INPUT 2 LOGIC 2 9 2 4 DISCRETE INPUT 2 SCALED STATE 2 9 3 PUMP INTERLOCK LUT430 440 only 2 9 31 ENABLE PUMP 1 2 9 3 2 PUMP 1 DISCRETE INPUT 2 9 3 3 ENABLE PUMP
117. EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility ESD Electrostatic Discharge FCC Federal Communications Commission FDT Field Device Tool FOM Figure of Merit measurement s echo quality HART Highway Addressable Remote Transducer HCF Hart Communication Foundation International Electrotechnical IEC NE Commission IP Ingress Protection IS Intrinsically Safe safety approval LCD Liquid Crystal Display LOE Loss of Echo view outputs via LCD display LUI Local User Interface make modifications via local push buttons us microsecond 108 Second uV microvolt 109 Volt mA Milliamp unit of electric current Nm Newton meter unit of torque 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 271 Shortform Long Form Description Units NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer s Association Process Device Manager E PLC Programmable Logic Controller lt PV Primary Variable measured value E RC Resistance Capacitance us SCADA PN Control and Data SCR Silicon controlled rectifier switching device SPDT Single Pole Double Throw relay configuration SPST Single Pole Single Throw relay configuration SV Secondary Variable equivalent value TVT Time Varying Threshold sensitivity threshold USB Universal Serial Bus VSDs Variable Speed Drives Page 272 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 LCD Menu Structure SITRANS LUT400 HART INSTRUCTION MANUAL Page 273 SITRANS LUT400 HART INSTR
118. Error Fixed e 017 per C deviation from programmed value Memory 512 kB flash EPROM 15 flash for data logging Interface Outputs Transducer drive 315 V peak mA Analog 4 20mA 600 ohms maximum in ACTIVE mode 750 ohms maximum in PASSIVE mode Resolution of 0 196 solated Relays 3 2control 1 alarm control Control Relays e 2 Form A SPST NO relays Rated 5A at 250 V AC non inductive e Rated at30 V DC All relays are certified only for use with equipment that fails in a state at or under the rated maximums of the relays Page 248 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Alarm Relay 1 Form C SPDT NO or NC relay Rated 1A at 250 V AC non inductive e Rated at30 V DC Inputs Discrete 2 0 50 V DC maximum switching level e Logical 0 10 V DC e Logical 1 10 to 50 V DC 3mA maximum draw Programming Primary Local push buttons Secondary e PC running SIMATIC PC running Emerson AMS Device Manager e PC running a web browser PC running a Field Device Tool e Field Communicator 375 475 FC375 FC475 Compatible Transducers EchoMax series and STH series Transducer Frequency 10to52 kHz Communication HART 7 0 USB Display Back lit LCD Dimensions 60x40 mm 2 36 x 1 57 Resolution e 240 x 160 pixels Removable display operational up to 5 m fr
119. Figure of Merit This value measures the quality of the reported echo value higher values represent better quality This measure combines the noise level quality of tracking and signal strength For more details see Echo Processing on page 255 Values view only Range 0 to 100 96 3 292 Confidence Indicates echo reliability higher values represent better echo quality The display shows the echo confidence of the last measurement Echo Threshold 21222 defines the minimum criterion for echo confidence Values view only Range 20 to 128 In SIMATIC open the menu Device Echo Profile Utilities and click on the tab Echo Profile Page 202 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 3 29 3 Echo Strength Displays the absolute strength in dB above 1 uV rms of the echo selected as the measurement echo Values view only Range 20 to 128 dB In SIMATIC open the menu Device Echo Profile Utilities and click on the tab Echo Profile 3 2 94 Noise Average Displays the average ambient noise in dB above 1 uV rms ofa noise profile after each measurement The noise level is a combination of transient acoustic noise and electrical noise induced into the transducer cable or receiving circuitry See Noise Problems on page 240 3 295 Noise Peak Displays the peak ambient noise in dB above 1 pV rms of a noise profile after each measure
120. Flowrate Units at which the High Flowrate Alarm will activate Options Range 0 to 9999999 Default 0 2 8 9 3 High Flowrate Value OFF Sets the material level defined in 2 15 2 7 Flowrate Units at which the High Flowrate Alarm will de activate Values Range 0 to 9999999 Default 0 Values 28 94 Assigned Relay Determines which relay if any will be activated when the High Flowrate Alarm activates NO RELAY T RELAY 1 Options RELAY 2 RELAY 3 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT 28 95 Alarm State Read only Used to view the current state of the High Howrate Alarm ACTIVE INACTIVE Options 2 8 10 Low Flowrate Alarm Available only on LUT440 OCM model Reported when the OCM flowrate is within a user defined range see 2810210 Flowrate Value ON 28103 Low Flowrate Value 2 8 10 1 Enable Enables disables Low Flowrate Alarm ENABLED DISABLED Options 28 102 Low Flowrate Value ON Sets the flowrate value defined in 2 15 2 7 Hlowrate Units at which the Low Flowrate Alarm will activate Range 0 to 9999999 Values Default 0 2 8 10 3 Low Flowrate Value OFF Sets the material level defined in 2 15 3 7 FHlowrate Units at which the Low Flowrate Alarm will de activate Range 0 to 9999999 Default 0 Values
121. High Temperature Alarm will de activate Range 273 0 to 273 0 C 459 0 to 523 0 F Default 100 0 Values 28 14 Assigned Relay Determines which relay if any will be activated when the High Temperature Alarm activates NO RELAY RELAY 1 RELAY 2 RELAY 3 Options 2 8 7 5 Alarm State Read only Used to view the current state of the High Temperature Alarm ACTIVE INACTIVE Options 2 8 8 Fail safe Fault Alarm Reported when fault that has caused a fail safe condition is present 2 288 1 Enable 5 Enables disables Fail safe Alarm 2 ENABLED a Options DISABLED 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 167 Parameters 2 8 9 2 8 8 2 Assigned Relay Determines which relay if any will be activated when the Fail safe Alarm activates NO RELAY T RELAY 1 Options RELAY 2 RELAY 3 28 83 Alarm State Read only Use to view the current state of the Fail safe Alarm ACTIVE Options INACTIVE High Flowrate Alarm Available only on LUT440 OCM model Reported when the flowrate is within a user defined range see 28 9 2 High Flowrate Value ON and 26 9 2 High Flowrate Value OFF 2 8 9 1 Enable Enables disables High Flowrate Alarm ENABLED DISABLED 2 8 9 2 High Flowrate Value ON Sets the flowrate value defined in 2 15 3 7
122. IGHT P 275 47 OCM Dimension 3 THROAT LENGTH L 275 48 OCM Dimension 4 Round Nose Horizontal Crest Weir BS 3680 CREST WIDTH 27245 OCM Dimension 1 CREST HEIGHT P 2 546 OCM Dimension 2 CREST LENGTH L 27547 OCM Dimension Trapezoidal Flume BS 3680 APPROACH WIDTH B 27245 OCM Dimension 1 THROAT WIDTH B 275 46 OCM Dimension HUMP HEIGHT P 27242 OCM Dimension THROAT LENGTH L 275 48 OCM Dimension 4 8 5 2 a U Flume BS 3680 APPROACH DIAMETER DA 2754 5 OCM Dimension 1 THROAT DIAMETER D 27546 OCM Dimension 2 HUMP HEIGHT P 27242 OCM Dimension 3 THROAT LENGTH 27548 OCM Dimension 4 Finite Crest Weir BS 3680 CREST WIDTH B 275 45 OCM Dimension 1 CREST HEIGHT P 2 546 OCM Dimension 2 CREST LENGTH L 27547 OCM Dimension Thin Plate Rectangular Weir BS 3680 APPROACH WIDTH 2 545 OCM Dimension 1 CREST WIDTH 27546 Dimension 2 CREST HEIGHT P 275 47 OCM Dimension Rectangular Weir Contracted CREST WIDTH B 27545 OCM Dimension 1 Round Pipe PIPE INSIDE DIAMETER 275 45 OCM Dimension 1 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 51 2 e PMD selected contd Wizard dimension name parameter menu reference Palmer Bowlus Flume MAXIMUM FLUME WIDTH 27545 Dimension
123. ING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Connecting via USB Typical USB configuration Computer system SITRANS LUT400 USB cable USB connection 183 TRANSDUCER DISCRETE INPUTS POWER ee ee Br 21212 LL IE LE LC IC 12346 t 7 8 9 1 1 1 bus 9 k SLOWBLOW 100 D 38688 RELAYS mA OUT HART BATTERY BR2032 USB 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 cable O HIH GH OH JW RLY d 2 TS PAS SERVICE TIAE 4 Use 5 pin USB Mini B cable The cable should not exceed 3 m 9 8 ft Notes No data logs are written while device is connected to a PC via USB See 2 10 Data Logging on page 173 and 3 2 6 View Logs on page 201 Connect USB cable for device configuration and when configuration is complete disconnect the USB cable to allow Data Logging to occur It is good practice to use MS Windows Safely Remove Hardware feature before unplugging any USB cable from your computer Donotuse a USB extension cable with the LUT400 Data Logging may not occur even after extension cable has been disconnected If a USB extension cable has been used in error a power reset of the device is required to restart Data Logging 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 25
124. MD does not match any of the eleven preset PMD calculations a universal flow calculation can be used PMD Universal Head Flow See How Calculation on page 265 for more details The SITRANS LUT400 converts the head measurement into flow rate The flow rate is totalized and stored in a comprehensive data log to facilitate detailed flow analysis Totalizing flow Totalizing of the calculated flow is ongoing Daily and running totalizers can be viewed in 276 Totalizers The daily totalizer resets automatically every 24 hours at 23 59 59 and both can be reset by the user In order to adjust the rate of filling of the totalizer the 273 2 Totalzer Multiplier can be set to an appropriate value Totalizing that is specific to a time and date can be viewed under View Logs for flow see 2262 on page 201 The SITRANS LUT400 can be programmed to operate a remote totalizer by assigning any of the relays to act as a totalizer contact Under this function the maximum rate of contact closure is 5 s with a closure duration of 100 ms 5 i a 5 External Totalizers and Flow Samplers External totalizers are simple counters which count the number of relay clicks produced by the SITRANS LUT400 This is generally used to keep track of OCM or pumped volume totals Note that both of these values are also stored in the SITRANS LUT400 and are available through communications Flow samplers are devices whi
125. NCEL is selected no changes are written to the device To transfer Quick Start values to the device and return to Program menu press DOWN arrow Finish Then press LEFT arrow lt three times to return to Measurement mode 2 a E 46 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML1998MV01 1 1 3 OS Flow Use this wizard to configure simple flow applications Visible LUT430 Pump and Flow and LUT440 OCM configured models only a Press RIGHT arrow to activate PROGRAM mode and open menu level 1 MAIN MENU b Press RIGHT arrow two times to navigate to menu item 1 11 c Press DOWN arrow W two times and RIGHT arrow gt to open QS Flow d Ateach step press DOWN arrow W to TUCK START FLOW accept default values and move directly to the next item BACK or RIGHT arrow ff to open Edit mode the Meet an current selection is highlighted QUICK START FLOW e Scrollto desired item and press RIGHT arrow gt to store the change then press DOWN arrow W to continue f At anytime you can press UP arrow to go back or LEFT arrow lt to cancel the wizard Start of QS Select elect Flow Wizard transducer temperature Lime S0urce Transducer Temperature Source Fixed Temperature Select Set Set
126. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 117 Example weirs These weirs could require universal calculation ina Poebing approximate exponential Trends To view trend lines navigate to 3 Maintenance and Diagnostics 32 Diagnostics 322 Trend The PV in percentage is logged at five minute intervals and trend displays up to 3000 data points since last power up e Press RIGHT arrow gt to request a trend cross hairs current measurement pan left right icon selec zoom icon exit icon im o o measurement percentage hours e Use UP A or DOWN arrow to scroll to an icon When an icon is highlighted that feature becomes active To move the cross hair press RIGHT arrow to increase the value LEFT arrow lt q to decrease e Zoom into an area position the cross hairs at the center of that area select Zoom icon and press RIGHT arrow Press LEFT arrow lt q to Zoom out e To return to the previous menu select Exit icon then press RIGHT arrow gt gt Notes When fail safe condition has occurred it will appear as gap in the Trend line e Trend view will nottimeout This view will display on LUI until the exit icon is selected Page 118 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Data logging The SITRANS LUT400 provides an extensive logging feature which can be viewed on the local display
127. PERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 179 Y 2 g a Parameters 2 12 1 3 Temperature Source Source of the temperature reading used to adjust the speed of sound Options TRANSDUCER FIXED TEMPERATURE EXTERNAL TS 3 AVERAGE OF SENSORS Transducer and TS 3 With this default the SITRANS LUT400 uses the transducer s internal temperature sensor standard in all Siemens EchoMax Transducers If the transducer does not have an internal temperature sensor Fixed Temperature value or an External TS 3 temperature sensor can be used If the acoustic beam atmosphere temperature varies with distance from the transducer connect a TS 3 Temperature Sensor and Ultrasonic Temperature Transducer and select Average of Sensors Transducer and 5 3 In gasses other than air the temperature variation may not correspond with the speed of sound variation In these cases turn off the temperature sensor select value Fixed Temperature and set a fixed temperature see Fixed Temperature 2 12 1 4 If Ultrasonic Temperature Transducer TS 3 Temperature Sensor or Average of Sensors value is selected faults on the temperature sensors will be displayed if the sensor appears open or short When a transducer temperature sensor fault occurs Temperature Source can be set to FIXED This allows the device to continue measuring and no cable fault will display until the transducer is replaced Once repl
128. PMD dimensions See PMD Dimen sions 2 15 4 on page 193 Relay not activating Relay not programmed Program relay Relay incorrectly assigned Verify with simulation See Simu lation 3 4 on page 214 Incorrect relay function selected Verify with simulation See Simu lation 3 4 on page 214 Incorrect relay setpoints Verify setpoints Relay not activating correctly Relay incorrectly assigned Verify with simulation See Simu lation 3 4 on page 214 Incorrect relay function selected Verify with simulation See Simu lation 3 4 on page 214 Incorrect relay setpoints Verify setpoints Page 238 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Symptom No response when echo profile requested via LUI 227 Echo Pro file Cause Transducer is disabled Action Set Transducer Enable 3 3 1 on page 203 to ENABLED then request an echo profile Configuration error 130 displayed Relay pump configuration errors possible causes include relay is assigned to more than one function e g relay 2 is assigned to both an external totalizer and a pump Pump setpoints are out of order Wall Cling adjustment range is too large Verify that each relay is assigned to one function only Review relay assignments under Pump Control page 151 and Other Control functions page 175 Verify that all ON
129. RATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 3 35 6 Reminder 2 before Service Demanded If Time Next Service 3 3 5 3 is equal to or less than this value the device generates a Maintenance Demanded reminder Range 0 000 to 20 000 years Default 0 019 years 1 week Values a Modify values as required b SetReminder Activation 3 3 5 4 to the desired option 3 357 Maintenance Status Indicates which level of maintenance reminder is active In PDM open the menu View Device Status click on the Maintenance tab and check the Service Schedule Status window 3 3 5 8 Acknowledged Status Indicates which level of maintenance reminder has been acknowledged In PDM open the menu View Device Status click on the Maintenance tab and check the Service Schedule Status window 3 3 5 9 Acknowledged Acknowledges the current maintenance reminder To acknowledge a reminder via SIMATIC PDM a the menu View Device Status and click on the Maintenance tab b In the Service Schedule Status section click on Acknowledge Warnings To acknowledge a reminder via the local push buttons Navigate to Maintenance and Diagnostics 3 gt Maintenance 3 3 gt Service Schedule 3 3 5 gt Acknowledged 3 3 5 9 and RIGHT arrow gt to acknowledge the reminder 3 3 6 Calibration Schedule Notes Four sets of parameters allow you to monitor the Device Sensor Lifetimes and set up Maintenance Service sch
130. STATE 2 71 8 ON SETPOINT PUMP 2 2 8 3 SWITCH DI ALARM 2 71 9 OFF SETPOINT PUMP 2 2831 ENABLE 2 7110 SERVICE RATIO PUMP 1 2 8 3 2 DISCRETE INPUT NUMBER 2 7111 SERVICE RATIO PUMP 2 28 3 3 DISCRETE INPUT STATE 212 MODIFIERS 2 8 3 4 ASSIGNED RELAY 2 7 21 WALL CLING REDUCTION 2 8 3 5 ALARM STATE 2 1 211 ENABLE 2 8 4 IN BOUNDS LEVEL ALARM 2 121 2 LEVEL SETPOINT VARIATION 2841 ENABLE 2 7 2 2 ENERGY SAVINGS LUT430 440 only 2 84 2 HIGH LEVEL VALUE 2 1221 ENABLE 2 8 4 3 LOW LEVEL VALUE 212 22 PEAK LEAD TIME 2 8 4 4 ASSIGNED RELAY 2 12 23 PEAK 1 START TIME 2 8 4 5 ALARM STATE 21224 PEAK 1 END TIME 2 8 5 OUT OF BOUNDS LEVEL ALARM 2 1 2 2 5 PEAK 2 START TIME 2 8 51 ENABLE 2 12 26 PEAK 2 END TIME 2 8 5 2 HIGH LEVEL VALUE 21221 PEAK 3 START TIME 2 8 5 3 LOW LEVEL VALUE 2 12 28 3 END TIME 2 8 5 4 ASSIGNED RELAY 2 1 2 2 9 PEAK 4 START TIME 2 8 5 5 ALARM STATE 2 1 2 210 PEAK 4 END TIME 2 8 6 LOW TEMPERATURE ALARM 2 1 2 211 PEAK 5 START TIME 2 8 61 ENABLE 2 1 2 212 PEAK 5 END TIME 2 8 6 2 LOW TEMPERATURE VALUE ON 2 1 2 213 PEAK ON SETPOINT PUMP 1 2 8 6 3 LOW TEMPERATURE VALUE OFF 2 1 2 214 PEAK OFF SETPOINT PUMP 1 2 8 6 4 ASSIGNED RELAY 2 7 2 2 15 PEAK ON SETPOINT PUMP 2 2 8 6 5 ALARM STATE 2 12 216 PEAK OFF SETPOINT PUMP 2 2 8 7 HIGH TEMPERATURE ALARM 2723 PUMP RUN ON LUT430 440 only 2 8 71 ENABLE 21231 ENABLE 2 8 7 2 HIGH TEMPERATURE VALUE ON 2 1 2 3 2 RUN ON INTERVAL 2 8 73 HIGH TEMPERATURE VALUE OFF 2 2 3 3 RUN ON DURATION PUMP 1 2 8 7 4 ASSIGN
131. Software downloads 3 1 5 i 1 E Electronic Device Description EDD The SITRANS LUT400 HART EDD for SITRANS DTM can be downloaded from the product page of our website Go to www siemens com sitransLUT400 under Support and click on Software Downloads 1 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 135 Notes 7 LI 2 Page 136 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Parameter reference LUI Notes Parameter names and menu structure are almost identical for SIMATIC PDM and the local user interface LUI Access is described below for some parameters that do not appear in the SIMATIC PDM menu structure For further details on using these parameters within SIMATIC PDM see the LUT400 Communications manual Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated Parameter range values are displayed in the default of the defined unit of measure For example if a parameter description states that 15 defined in Units 211 the range for that parameter will be shown in meters as meters is the default for Units 211 The number of decimals displayed for a parameter value will depend on the unit of measure unless decimal places can be set by the user e
132. T arrow Opens the top level menu gt opens PROGRAM mode p p toggles between PV and SV UP or DOWN arrow LCD displays primary or secondary value Programming SITRANS LUT400 Notes enter Program mode using the device local push buttons press gt Press lt Q to return to Measurement mode While the device is in Program mode the output remains active and continues to respond to changes in the device Change parameter settings and set operating conditions to suit your specific application For remote operation see Operation via SIMATIC PDM 6 HART on page 127 or Operation via AMS Device Manager HART on page 131 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 35 Parameter menus Note For the complete list of parameters with instructions see Parameter reference LUI on page 137 Parameters are identified by name and organized into function groups then arranged in a 5 level menu structure as in the example below For full menu see LCD Menu Structure on page 273 1 WIZARDS 2 SETUP 21 SENSOR 4 A gt T 50 27 5 2 11 BASIC SETUP 2 712 MODIFIERS 2 7 2 1 WALL CLING REDUCTION 2 1211 ENABLE 2 a 2 E 1 Enter PROGRAM mode Using local push buttons e RIGHT arrow activates PROGRAM mode and opens menu level 1 2 Navigating key functions in Navigation view Notes n Navigation view ARROW keys m
133. T440 DCM 3 1 7 Order No Order Number in Read only Order number for the current device configuration e g ZML5050 0CA 10 1DA0 3 1 8 Serial Number Read only Unique factory set serial number of the device 3 1 9 Final Assembly Number Integer used to identify the device on site e g enter 2 to denote second SITRANS LUT400 in application 3 1 10 Hardware Revision Read only Corresponds to the electronics hardware of the Field Device 79 D 2 S 7 3 1 11 Firmware Revision Read only Corresponds to the software or firmware that is embedded in the Field Device 3 1 12 Loader Revision Read only Corresponds to the software used to update the Field Device EDD Version Read only Corresponds to the Electronics Device Description EDD installed with the device 3 1 13 Manufacture Date Date of Manufacturing in PDM The date of manufacture of the SITRANS LUT400 YYYY MM DD 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 199 Parameters 3 1 14 Order Option Read only Displays the device type Standard NAMUR 43 compliant 3 2 Diagnostics Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 3 2 1 Echo Profile Allows you to request the current echo profile either locally via the local push buttons or remotely via SIMATIC PDM To request a profile via the local push buttons a In PROGRAM mode na
134. TERY BR2032 USB connection RLY 1 RLY 2 RLY SERVICE UNL P display cable d mA HART connection The Battery The SITRANS LUT400 is supplied with one battery installed The battery BR2032 has a life expectancy of ten years and is affected by ambient temperature If the LUT400 loses input power the battery will maintain operation of the device s real time clock until power has been restored When the battery reaches its end of life refer to Aep acing the Battery on 226 Disconnect power before replacing the battery E 2 5 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 17 Notes 5 gt 5 a 18 SITRANS LUT400 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Connecting Safety notes for connection e Verify that all system components are installed in accordance with instructions e Connect all cable shields to the LUT400 shield terminals denoted on device with symbol _L To avoid differential ground potentials ensure cable shields are properly connected to ground e Keep exposed conductors on shielded cables as short as possible to reduce noise on the line caused by stray transmissions and noise pickup SITRANS LUT400 SITRANS LUT400 v Siemens Transducer Siemens TS 3 Temperature Sensor HART FC375
135. TRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT Altitude 2000 m max Ambient temperature e 20 to 50 C 4 to 122 F Relative humidity Suitable for outdoors only with IP65 Type 4X NEMA 4X Enclosure Installation category 2 5 Pollution degree S e 4 E Approvals Note The device nameplate lists the approvals that apply to your device General CSAysjc CE FM UL listed C TICK Hazardous Non incendive Canada CSA Class Div 2 Groups A B C D Class Il Div 2 Groups G Class 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 251 Notes 8 i T E Page 252 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Dimension Drawings SITRANS LUT400 Dimensions back mount bracket enclosure 198 mm 4m a mm 134 cable entry 3 places TS eT 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 253 Cutout Dimensions for Remote Panel Mount 1 80 1 00 5 50 DIA 13 50 1 00 PLACES 6 25 RAD 4 PLACES DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS Note Cut out template printed to scale shipped with remote panel mount model Page 254 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT Appendix A Technical Reference Note Where a number precedes a parameter name for example 2 224 Narrow Echo Filte
136. UCTION MANUAL 7 119985 01 LCD Menu Structure MAIN MENU 1 WIZARDS Notes eIn Navigation mode ARROW keys navigate the menu in the direction of the arrow See Parameter reference LUI on page 137 for detailed information and instructions 11 QUICK START 111 QS LEVEL INTRODUCTION TRANSDUCER OPERATION TEMPERATURE SOURCE FIXED TEMPERATURE UNITS HIGH CALIB PT LOW CALIB PT RESPONSE RATE APPLY 112 QS VOLUME INTRODUCTION TRANSDUCER TEMPERATURE SOURCE FIXED TEMPERATURE VESSEL SHAPE UNITS HIGH CALIB PT LOW CALIB PT RESPONSE RATE DIMENS A DIMENS L VOLUME UNITS MAX VOLUME APPLY 113 QS FLOW LUT430 440 only INTRODUCTION TRANSDUCER TEMPERATURE SOURCE FIXED TEMPERATURE PRIMARY MEASURING DEVICE METHOD OF FLOW CALCULATION UNITS HIGH CALIB PT LOW CALIB PT RESPONSE RATE Calculation factors vary per PMD PMD dimensions vary per PMD MAXIMUM HEAD ZERO HEAD OFFSET FLOWRATE UNITS MAXIMUM FLOW AT 20MA FLOWRATE DECIMAL LOW FLOW CUTOFF APPLY 1 WIZARDS cont 12 PUMP CONTROL INTRODUCTION NUMBER OF PUMPS RELAY PUMP 1 RELAY PUMP 2 PUMP CONTROL MODE SERVICE RATIO PUMP 1 SERVICE RATIO PUMP 2 RUN TIME PUMP 1 RUN TIME PUMP 2 ON SETPOINT PUMP 1 ON SETPOINT PUMP 2 OFF SETPOINT PUMP 1 OFF SETPOINT PUMP 2 2 SETUP 21 SENSOR 211 UNITS 212 SENSOR MODE LUT420 213 SENSOR MODE LUT430 440 214 SENSOR MODE SECONDARY LUT420 215 SENSOR MODE SECONDARY LUT430 4
137. Ultrasonic Controllers SITRANS LUT400 HART Operating Instructions 08 2012 SITRANS SIEMENS Safety Guidelines Warning notices must be observed to ensure personal safety as well as that of others and to protect the product and the connected equipment These warning notices are accompanied by a clarification of the level of caution to be observed Qualified Personnel This device system may only be set up and operated in conjunction with this manual Qualified personnel are only authorized to install and operate this equipment in accordance with established safety practices and standards Unit Repair and Excluded Liability The user is responsible for all changes and repairs made to the device by the user or the user s agent new components are to be provided by Siemens Milltronics Process Instruments Restrict repair to faulty components only Do reuse faulty components Warning Cardboard shipping package provides limited humidity and moisture protection This product can only function properly and safely if it is correctly transported stored installed set up operated and maintained This product is intended for use in industrial areas Operation of this equipment in a residential area may cause interference to several frequency based communications Note Always use product in accordance with specifications Copyright Siemens AG 2012 All Rights Disclaimer of Liability Reserved This document
138. V REMIND 1 REQ REMIND 2 DEM MAINT STAT ACK STATUS ACK 3 3 5 SERVICE SCHED 3 3 5 1 3 3 5 2 3 3 5 3 3 3 5 4 3 3 5 5 3 3 5 6 3 3 5 7 3 3 5 9 3 3 6 CALIB SCHED 3 3 6 1 3 3 6 2 3 3 6 3 3 3 6 4 3 3 6 5 3 3 6 6 3 3 6 7 3 3 6 8 3 3 6 9 34 SIMULATION 341 LEVEL 3 411 3412 341 3 3414 SERV INTERVAL TIME LAST SERV TIME NEXT SERVICE REMINDER ACTIV REMIND 1 REQ REMIND 2 DEM MAINT STAT ACK STATUS ACK CALIB INTERVAL TIME LAST CALIB TIME NEXT CALIB REMINDER ACTIV REMIND 1 REQ REMIND 2 DEM MAINT STAT ACK STATUS ACK LEVEL SIMULATION ENABLE LEVEL VALUE RAMP RAMP RATE 34 2 DISCRETE INPUTS 3421 3422 DISCRETE INPUT 1 DISCRETE INPUT 2 34 3 PUMP ACTIVATIONS 4 COMMUNICATION 41 DEVICE ADDRESS 5 SECURITY 51 WRITE PROTECTION 6 LANGUAGE 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART INSTRUCTION MANUAL Page 278 SITRANS LUT400 HART INSTRUCTION MANUAL 7 119985 01 Glossary accuracy degree of conformity of a measure to a standard or a true value algorithm a prescribed set of well defined rules or processes for the solution of a problem in a finite number of steps ambient temperature the temperature of the surrounding air that comes in contact with the enclosure of the device Auto False Echo Suppression a technique used to adjust the level of a TVT curve to avoid the reading of false echoes See Auto False Echo Suppression Ran
139. V01 2 7 1 9 OFF Setpoint Pump 2 The level at which Pump 2 turns OFF defined in 2 1 1 Units Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 Values This parameter is set according to level even when another reading such as volume is shown on the LCD 2 11 10 Service Ratio Pump 1 Selects pump usage based on the RUN time ratio rather than last used See 3 27 1 Run Time Relay 2 Range 0 to 255 Default 1 Values This parameter only relates to relays with Pump Control Mode 2 71 4 set to Service Ratio Duty Assist or Service Ratio Duty Backup The number assigned to each pump relay represents the ratio applied to decide the next pump to start or stop Notes The SITRANS LUT400 will not sacrifice other pumping strategies to ensure that the ratio is held true e fthe pump relays set to the same value then the ratio equals 1 1 and all pumps are used equally default 2 1 1 11 Service Ratio Pump 2 Selects pump usage based on the RUN time ratio rather than last used See 23272Run Time Relay 3 Range 0 to 255 Default 1 Values This parameter only relates to relays with Pump Control Mode 2 714 set to Service Ratio Duty Assist or Service Ratio Duty Backup The number assigned to each pump relay represents the ratio applied to decide the next pump to start or stop Y 2 2 a Notes The SITRANS LUT400 will not
140. Variable air temperature is automatically compensated when a Siemens ultrasonic temperature transducer is used If the transducer is exposed to direct sunlight use a sunshield or a separate TS 3 temperature sensor Also if the temperature varies between the transducer face and the liquid monitored use a TS 3 temperature sensor in combination with an ultrasonic temperature transducer The TS 3 must be installed as close to the material as possible to ensure best performance It is acceptable to submerge the TS 3 if necessary Set 27212 Temperature Source for Average of Sensors to average the transducer and TS 3 measurements Atmosphere composition other than air can pose a challenge for ultrasonic level measurement However excellent results may be obtained if the atmosphere is homogeneous well mixed at a fixed temperature and consistent vapour pressure by performing a 2 276 Auto Sound Velocity The SITRANS LUT400 automatic temperature compensation is based on the sound velocity temperature characteristics of air and may not be suitable for the atmosphere present If the atmosphere temperature is variable perform frequent sound velocity calibrations to optimize measurement accuracy m 9 LI Sound velocity calibration frequency may be determined with experience If the sound velocity in two or more vessels is always similar future calibrations may be performed on one vessel and th
141. Verify transducer is not too tight Use an isolation coupling Unavoidable false echoes from obstructions Use Auto False Echo Suppression See Auto False Echo Suppres sion 2 12 3 1 on page 183 Confidence too low Check Noise Echo Strength Con fidence See Echo Quality 3 2 9 on page 202 Check LOE Timer is not set too short See LOE Timer 2 4 2 on page 144 Multiple echoes Check mounting location Verify material is not entering Near Range zone See Near Range 2 2 4 on page 141 Noise in the application Verify source and minimize See Noise Problems on page 240 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 237 o 3 a 2 E z 2 Symptom Incorrect reading mA output and or dis played value Cause mA function not assigned to correct measurement Action Check mA assignment See Cur rent Output Function 2 5 1 on page 144 When device configured for flow exponent or breakpoint not correctly selected Check configuration if 272 Sen sor Mode set to FLOW verify cor rect exponent Flow Exponent 2 15 3 2 on page 191 and break points Universal Head vs Flow 2 15 5 on page 196 Incorrect vessel or PMD dimen sions For volume application Verify ves sel dimensions See Vessel Shape 2 6 1 on page 147 For flow application Verify
142. a discrete input such as a contacting point device The material reading will be fixed at the programmed switch level until the discrete input is released The LUT400 makes decisions based on the override values 2 9 1 1 Enable Enables disables the Backup Level Override function ENABLED DISABLED Options 2 9 1 2 Level Override Value This value is substituted for the current reading when the selected discrete input is enabled and ON Range 0 000 to 60 000 Default 0 000 Values Value is defined in current 2 7 Units and is valid only for level and head when 2 2 Sensor Mode set to Flow Volume is calculated based on the Backup level 2 9 1 3 Discrete Input Number Sets the discrete input to act as the source for a level reading override when enabled DISCRETE INPUT 1 DISCRETE INPUT 2 Options 79 2 2 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 171 2 92 Discrete Input Logic Use the following parameters to configure the discrete input itself Normal state is standard operation with the SITRANS LUT400 sensing the material level and controlling the pumps and no faults or alarms present The discrete input contacts are either NORMALLY OPEN or NORMALLY CLOSED when the system state is normal Parameters Discrete Input Logic Terminal Block Discrete Input Scaled State Normally Op
143. aced set Temperature Source back to its original setting 2 12 1 4 Fixed Temperature Use this feature if a temperature sensing device is not used Range 100 0 to 150 0 C Values Default 20 0 C Enter the temperature in C of the atmosphere within the transducer acoustic beam If the temperature varies with distance from the transducer enter the average temperature 2 12 1 5 Sound Velocity at 20 degrees C This value is used to automatically calculate sound velocity Range 125 000 to 20000 000 m s Default 34413 m s Values If the acoustic beam atmosphere sound velocity at 20 C 68 F is known and the sound velocity vs temperature characteristics are similar to that of air 3441 m s enter the sound velocity Units displayed in meters per second m s Page 180 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 2 12 1 6 Auto Sound Velocity Note Auto Sound Velocity supports adjustments to distance value only Adjusts the speed of sound and changes the distance measurement calculations Defined in 2 1 T Units Values Range 0 000 to 60 000 Condition for use of this feature The acoustic beam atmosphere is other than air The acoustic beam atmosphere temperature is unknown The Reading accuracy is acceptable at higher material levels only For best results calibrate with the level at a known value near Low Calibration Point U
144. al 25 5 Minimum mA 3 5 set minimum mA level below 4 mA Limit 25 6 Maximum mA 22 8 set maximum mA level above 20 mA Limit a b If the level reading drops below 6 m the mA output drops below 4 mA If the level reading rises above 54 m the mA output rises above 20 mA Note If default values 4 and 20 mA are used for the minimum and maximum mA limits the mA output shown 25 8 Current Output Value will remain at the set mA limit even if the level reading falls below rises above the mA setpoints Verifying the mA range Checks that the external device can track the entire 4 to 20 mA range sent by the SITRANS LUT400 Follow the steps below if actual mA readings differ between the LUT400 shown in 258 Current Output Value and an external device such as a 1 Totestthe loop current set 257 Current Output Function to Manual then set the value to use in 25 7 Manual Value 2 Check that the external device displays the same mA reading as the mA value set above 3 If external device reading differs from the set manual value on the LUT400 adjust the reading on the external device to match the reading on the LUT400 Page 72 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Volume Volume is used in two situations 1 Calculate and display volume instead of level 2 Calculate pumped volume to accomplish the following e Totalize the v
145. algorithm should be fixed obstructions that used could interfere with true level resulting in low confidence Use in long range liq Selects the largest echo above the TVT uids applications with L Largest echo large tall material return echoes Default and most com monly used Use in all Best of First and Selects the echo first and highest with Short to mid range gen BLF eral liquids and solids Largest echo the highest confidence value PR applications where there is a relatively large tall sharp echo Use in mid to long range solids applications Selects the echo with the highest confi where the material Area Largest a ALF and First dence value based on the three criterion return echo is wide and widest highest and first large and where com peting smaller echoes challenge BLF Confidence Confidence 3 2 9 2 describes the quality of an echo Higher values represent higher quality Echo Threshold Echo Threshold 212 2 2 defines the minimum confidence value required for an echo to be accepted as valid and evaluated 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 257 gt D gt LI zo T Figure of Merit Figure of Merit 3 2 9 1 measures the quality of the reported process value higher values represent better quality Even when a low confidence value exists a high FOM will ensure the true echo has been sele
146. ameter for the function being simulated 2477 Level Simulation Enable 4 21 Discrete Input 1 34 22 Discrete Input 2 to Disabled In general to run a simulation 1 Selectthe function to be simulated Level or Discrete Input can be simulated concurrently 2 Setsimulation parameters if performing a Level simulation Decide if pumps will be active during simulation see Pump relay behaviour during simulation on page 121 4 Startsimulation Simulating a fixed level 1 Setthe desired fixed level value in 2472 Level Value 2 Set 24732 Hampto Disabled 3 Enable 243 Pump Activations if desired see Pump relay behaviour during simulation on page 121 4 Set 7477 Level Simulation Enable to Enabled to start level simulation Set 2411 Level Simulation Enable to Disabled when you wish to stop level simulation Page 122 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Simulating a changing level Set the desired starting level value 2472 Level Value Set 2413 Ramp to Enabled Set 3 414 Ramp Rate to the desired speed e g Medium Enable 343 Pump Activations if desired see Pump relay behaviour during simulation on page 121 5 Set 24 7 Level Simulation Enable to Enabled to start level simulation PONDS The simulated level will initially begin ramping up from Zeve Value increasing level When the level rises to 10096 or falls to 096 it rev
147. ancelled If CANCEL is selected no changes are written to the device To transfer Quick Start values to the device and return to Program menu press DOWN arrow Finish Then press LEFT arrow lt three times to return to Measurement mode Note It is strongly recommended that an Auto Zero Headbe performed after completion of the wizard to ensure best accuracy See 2 52 Auto Zero Head on page 190 8 5 5 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 53 2 a E 1 2 Pump Control Use this wizard to configure pumps if they will be used in your application Be sure to first complete the applicable Quick Start Wizard Press RIGHT arrow to activate PROGRAM mode and open menu level 1 MAIN MENU Press RIGHT arrow to navigate to menu item 11 Press DOWN arrow v and RIGHT arrow gt to open Pump Control At each step press DOWN arrow W to accept default values and move directly to the next item or RIGHT arrow gt to open Edit mode the current selection is highlighted Scroll to desired item and press RIGHT arrow gt to store the change then press DOWN arrow to continue At any time you can press UP arrow to go back or LEFT arrow to cancel the wizard Start of Wizard Pump Control Note The introduction screen is displayed only on the device when using the local push buttons This screen is not part o
148. ancels the entry Quick Start Wizards A Wizard provides an easy step by step Quick Start QS procedure that configures the device for a simple application To configure the SITRANS LUT400 for applications of level volume standard vessel shapes or flow use the Quick Start Wizards via LU on page 38 of this chapter E 2 a Wizards for applications employing more complex vessel shapes are available via SIMATIC See Quick Start Volume Linearization in the LUT400 Communications manual Other Quick Start Wizards 5 Other Quick Start Wizards using various software packages are also available e SIMATIC HART see page 127 AMS HART see page 131 FC375 475 HART see page 133 e FDTs HART see page 135 Before initiating a Quick Start Wizard to configure the device you may wish to gather the necessary parameter values Parameter Configuration Charts that list all parameters and available options for each application type are available on our website Go to www siemens com sitransLUT400 gt Support gt Application Guides You can record data and select from options on the chart that apply to your application then with this data on hand complete the Quick Start Wizards via LUl below or via another Quick Start Wizard as referenced above Quick Start Wizards via LUI 1 Press to enter Program mode Note Device continues to measure wh
149. and an example see Method of How Calculation on page 266 Common parameters These common parameters are required for all installations Parameter Sample Value Flow Response Rate MEDIUM 216 Transducer XRS 5 211 Units M 221 Low Calibration Point 18 222 High Calibration Point 0 4 225 Far Range 0 8 S 2 Page 98 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Setting Zero Head Many PMDs start flowing higher than the traditional empty distance of the application You can account for the flow in one of two ways 1 Use 27 535 Zero Head Offsetto have OCM calculations ignore levels below that value Possible head 227 Low Calibration Pointminus 222 High Calibration Point Note 2753 3 Maximum Heads preset to 227 Low Calibration Pointminus 222 High Calibration Pointand is not updated when 27535 Zero Head Offsetis used Make sure you set 275 3 3 Maximum Head to the correct value when using 2 5 3 5 Zero Head Offset Refer to PMD supplier documentation for Maximum Head A sensor ref point max head material surface head zero head high cal point Y low cal point far range 2 Use 225 Far Range where the empty level is set to the bottom of the weir and above the bottom of the channel It should be used if the surface monitored can fall past the 227 Low Calibration Point evel in normal operation without reporting an LOE T
150. and any termination points to ensure no disconnection or damage repair replace if necessary If no issue with cabling contact your local Siemens representative EJ EJ gt a Poor signal from the application Poor installation or high noise level Flow calculations are not config ured properly Incorrect parameter settings Verify installation Reconfigure the unit Check the configu ration If fault persists do a master reset N N N N Y Flow calculations encountered an error Reconfigure the unit Check the break points If fault persists do a master reset N N Y Flow log could not restore the settings Reconfigure the unit Check the flow log settings If fault persists do a master reset 24 N Flow log is not configured properly Reconfigure the unit Check the flow log settings If fault persists do a master reset N c N Flow log error Log failed Verify that the drive where the log file resides is not full Copy the log file to a computer and delete it from the device Failed to open log file Verify that the drive where the log file resides is not full Copy the log file to a computer and delete it from the device 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 233 o
151. arm when a fault that has caused a fail safe condition is present Example Setting a Fail safe Fault Alarm To assign a fail safe fault alarm to Relay 3 do the following 1 Enable the Fail safe Fault Alarm set 28 87 Enable Enabled 2 Set 2882 Assigned Relayto Relay 3 Use 2883 Alarm State to view the current state of the Fail safe Alarm Flowrate Flowrate alarms are available on LUT440 OCM model only They can activate an alarm if the OCM flowrate is above or below a given setpoint Example Setting a High Flowrate Alarm To assign Relay 3 to a high flowrate alarm that activates when the flowrate rises above 10 I s 1 Enable the High Flowrate Alarm set 28 9 7 Enable Enabled 2 Set 2892 High Flowrate Value ON 10 3 Set 2893 High Howrate Value OFF 8 4 Set 2894 Assigned Relay 3 Example Setting a Low Flowrate Alarm To assign Relay to a low level alarm that activates when the flowrate falls below 2 l s Enable the Low Flowrate Alarm set 28707 Enable Enabled Set 28 02 Low Howrate Value ON 2 Set 2870 3 Low Howrate Value OFF 4 Set 2810 4 Assigned Helayto Relay 5 i a 5 POUNDS Pump Control The SITRANS LUT400 has the pump control functionality to solve nearly any water wastewater application To set up pump control for simple applications see Pump Control Wizard in LUT400 Communications manual 1 Communications for SITRANS LUT400
152. ations manual Time Units Allows you to set the desired units HOURS Options DAYS YEARS Units are selectable only via SIMATIC PACTware FDT and AMS 3 3 4 1 Lifetime Expected Note The device always operates in years Changing the Time Units affects only the parameter view of Remaining Sensor Life parameters in SIMATIC PDM PACTware FDT and AMS Allows you to override the factory default Units hours days years Values Range 0 000 to 20 000 years Default 10 000 years a Units are selectable only via SIMATIC PDM PACTware FDT and AMS 3 342 Time in Operation The amount of time the sensor has been operating Can be reset to zero after performing a service or replacing the sensor To reset to zero In SIMATIC open the menu Device Maintenance click on the Remaining Sensor Lifetime tab and click on Sensor Replaced to re start the timer and clear any fault messages Via the local push buttons navigate to Maintenance and Diagnostics 3 gt Maintenance 3 3 gt Remaining Sensor Life 3 3 4 gt Time in Operation 3 3 4 2 and set to zero 3 343 Remaining Lifetime Read only Lifetime Expected 334 1 less Time in Operation 3342 1 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 207 9 2 g Parameters 3
153. ave been installed 1 6 m above the channel beside the TS 3 external temperature sensor During intermittent peak flow times the head level can be expected to rise at a rate of approximately 0 12 m minute The application also calls for a flow sampler to be activated every 1000 m or 24 hours whichever comes first and for a fail safe alarm to activate in the event of a loss of echo or cable fault Plan View C 8 5 5 Converging dimension Front View Side View 171 Z ro joy transducer TS 3 XRS 5 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 59 2 e Initial device setup Quick Start Parameter Setting Value Description For best accuracy an XRS 5 transducer should Transducer XRS 5 be used in conjunction with the High Accuracy SITRANS LUT440 Temperature Source TS 3 For best accuracy a TS 3 external temperature sensor is required Primary Measuring Device Exponential Parshall Flumes are type of exponential device Flow Exponent 1 522 Available from the PMD supplier data sheet Units m Units corresponding to the head measurement TE The distance to the empty point or bottom of the alg i flume This sets the 4 mA setpoint High Calibration Point 10 The distance to the Max Head This sets the
154. ccurrences 27233 Run On Duration 60 The pump will run on for 60 seconds Pump 1 27234 Run On Duration 0 Pump 2 will never run on Pump 2 Setting the pump start delays In the event that power to the SITRANS LUT400 has been lost the pump start delay ensures that all of the pumps do not start at once to avoid power surges There are two parameters used here Pump Start Delay and Power Resumption Delay Example The delay between pumps is set to 20 seconds and the delay of the first pump is set to 30 seconds D Parameter sample Description Value S 2724 1 Delay Between 20 Wait at least 20 seconds between pump starts o Starts 27242 Power Resumption 60 Wait for 60 seconds when power is restored for Delay the first pump to activate E 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 89 Reducing wall cling Use the Wall Cling Reduction function to randomly alter the ON and OFF setpoints over a range This eliminates the ridge of material that builds up at the setpoint that can give false echoes This setting may increase the number of days between trips to clean the wet well Enable Wall Cling Reduction by setting 27277 Enab e Enabled Then set the range in 27212 Level Setpoint Variation The pump ON and OFF setpoints are randomly varied inside this range so the material level does not stop at the same point each time Example A range of 0 5 meters is used to vary the setpoint The ran
155. ch take a sample of liquid when triggered by a relay click These samples are used to monitor water quality over time Flow samplers can be driven by OCM volume pumped volume or by time depending on the application requirements 5 Typically the totalizer should be set for 300 to 3000 counts per day at maximum flow 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 93 Relay contacts Pumped volume is calculated at the end of the pump cycle Totalized volume when External Totalizer function is enabled will be given in bursts at the end of the pump cycle not throughout the pump cycle Use 2713 3 Relay Durationto set the time in seconds from one change of state in the relay to the next This parameter sets both the open and closed times for the relay contact and is preset to 0 2 seconds Partial units are added to the next pump cycle Example Shows a relay set up to make one contact for every cubic metre m3 of liquid Relay Duration ON time 1 Relay Duration OFF time relay contact closed relay contact open 2m Pump Cycle The following parameters describe how to setup a Totalizer or Sampler iS im o o Page 94 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Totalizer Use the 277 3 External Totalizerfunction to set the totalizer to provide relay contact to an external counter 1 contact every x units where value set in 211
156. ck mains voltage at terminals ducer not pulsing Check fuse Check wiring connections Check wiring Display blank trans Loose or disconnected display display cable ducer is pulsing cable Display active trans _ Incorrect transducer Verify terminal connections ducer not pulsing tions or wiring Check transducer field wiring Incorrect transducer selection Check any junction box connec or set to NO Transducer tions Transducer has been disabled Check that transducer is enabled through the software see Transducer Enable 3 3 1 on page 203 234 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT Symptom Reading fluctuates while material level is still Cause Material level is changing Action Visually verify if possible Strong false echoes Determine source of false echoes Relocate transducer to avoid source Incorrect damping Adjust damping See Damping Fil ter 2 3 3 on page 143 Improper echo Algorithm selec tion Set algorithm to default If no improvement try a different algo rithm See Algorithm 2 12 2 1 on page 181 High noise levels Verify source and minimize See Noise Problems on page 240 Weak echo Foam on surface of material Rapid temperature changes Determine cause Check noise confidence FOM and echo strength See Echo Quality 3 2 9 on page 202 Eliminate source
157. cted Approximately 20 readings are used to support the FOM value Example FOM greater than 75 good quality FOM less than 5096 poor quality Various things contribute to the FOM e success of the tracking how closely can the next level vs the actual next level be predicted e levelof noise e confidence of the last echo e time interval since last valid echo e speed at which the process is moving e quality of the echo shape and how it helps the calculation of the echo position If FOM is low reduce the noise in the process or check the installation to increase signal quality Shaper Mode and Auto False Echo Suppression Notes For detailed instructions on using this feature PDM see Auto False Echo Suppression in LUT400 Communications manual e For detailed instructions on using this feature via the local push buttons see Shaper Mode 212 34 on page 184 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 False echoes can be caused by an obstruction in the transducer shot path such as pipes ladders chains Such false echoes may rise above the default TVT curve Auto False Echo Suppression Range 2 12 3 2 specifies the range within which the learned TVT is applied Default TVT is applied over the remainder of the range The material level should be below all known obstructions at the moment when Auto False Echo Suppression learns the echo profile Ideally the vessel should be empty o
158. d reading and a NAMUR NE43 compliant device reports the user defined value for Material Level 3 58 mA by default Loss of Echo LOE A loss of echo LOE occurs when the calculated measurement is judged to be unreliable because the echo confidence value has dropped below the echo confidence threshold If the LOE condition persists beyond the time limit set in LOE Timer 2 4 2 the LCD displays the Service Required icon and the text region displays the fault code 0 and the text LOE If two faults are present at the same time the device status indicator and text for the highest priority fault will display For example if both Loss of Echo and Broken cable faults are present the Broken cable fault will display 1 Broken cable a Fail safe Mode The purpose of the Fail safe setting is to put the process into a safe mode of operation in the event of a fault or failure The value to be reported in the event of a fault as displayed 258 Current Output Value is selected so that a loss of power or loss of signal triggers the same response as an unsafe level LOE Timer 2 4 2 determines the length of time a Loss of Echo LOE condition will persist before a Fail safe state is activated The default setting is 100 seconds Material Level 2 4 1 determines the mA value corresponding to the selected PV to be reported when LOE Timer 2 4 2 expires The default setting is device dependent standard or NAMUR NE 43 compliant
159. de View ERN 8 Zero Head flow het S ms T ES 1 p e _ _ The transducer must be above the maximum head by at least the blanking value see 224 Near Range Parameter Value 2151 Primary Measuring Device PMD Rectangular Weir Contracted 215 4 PMD Dimensions Crest Width b 215 3 8 Maximum Head 225 Far Range 2153 7 Flowrate Units 21531 Method of Flow Calculation 21534 Maximum Flow at 20 mA Page 112 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Round Pipe Diagonal View transducer This dimension should be at least 15 cm 6 shorter than the blanking value see 224 Vear Range The transducer must be above the maximum head by at least the blanking value D Parameter Value 2151 Primary Measuring Device PMD Round Pipe 5 2154 PMD Dimensions Pipe Inside Diameter D Slope fall run s Roughness Coefficient n s 215 33 Maximum Head S 224 Far Range 7 2153 7 Howrate Units 21531 Method of Flow Calculation 21534 Maximum Flow at 20 mA 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 113 Palmer Bowlus Flume Plan View Flow ee 0 2 point of measurement transducer Side View Front View T4 ime o Zero Head 22 7 X ur D pipe or sewer diameter for rated flows under free flow conditions The transducer must be above the maximum head by at least the blanking
160. djusts distance measurement by a fixed amount Defined in Units 2 1 1 1 Values Range 0 000 to 60 000 Before using this feature verify the following parameters are correct 221 Low Calibration Point or 215 3 5 Zero Head Offset if using 21212Process Temperature e 223Sensor Offset A correction to any one of these parameters may resolve the issue and an Auto Sensor Offset calibration may not be necessary Using Auto Sensor Offset Begin with a steady distance at a known low distance value low distance value equates to a high level value 1 Review the distance measurement via LUI for approximately 30 seconds to verify repeatability 2 Measure the actual distance for example with a tape measure 3 Enter the actual distance defined in Units 27 7 The deviation between the calculated and the actual distance value is stored in 223 Sensor Offset 2 3 Rate Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated Notes The following three rate parameters work in conjunction and are affected by Response Rate set in the Quick Start wizard Fill Rate per Minute Empty Rate per Minute and Damping Filter automatically update when Response Rate is altered but any change to these parameters will supersede a Response Rate set previously through the wizard For more information see Measurement Response on page 260 2 3 1 Fill Rate per Minut
161. domly selected setpoints are always inside the ON and OFF setpoints dE gt ON Setpoint Random Setpoint Level Setpoint Range Variation 3 OFF Setpoint im o o 90 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Saving energy Pumps can use different setpoints at different times of the day to account for variable energy costs The following example illustrates high energy cost usage reduction and or elimination by using the SITRANS LUT400 Energy Savings function on a wet well pump down application using pump 1 Pre requisite enable Energy Savings function set 27221 Enable Enabled 15 30 3 30 pm 16 30 4 30 pm 17 30 5 30 pm 21 30 9 30 pm uan c 8 ON setpt 2 m OFF setpt 8 m ON setpt 2 m OFF setpt 9 Peak 8 ON setpt 6 m Peak OFF 2 m OFF setpt 9 Peak ON 8 ON setpt 6 m Peak OFF 2 m OFF setpt Normal Operation Uses the standard ON and OFF setpoints 22716 ON Setpoint Pump 1 2 717 OFF Setpoint Pump 1 Energy cost is at minimum 27222 Peak Lead Time 60 minutes Pumps down the wet well regardless of the pump ON Setpoints This ensures that the wet well starts the high cost period at the 2777 OFF Setpoint Pump 1 Energy cost is at minimum 27223 Peak 1 Start Time 17 30 Starts using the energy savings setpoints 272213 Peak ON Setpoint Pump
162. e Defines the maximum rate at which the reported level is allowed to increase Allows you to adjust the SITRANS LUT400 response to increases in the actual material level Range 0 000 to 99999 000 m min Default 0 100 m min Values Enter a value slightly greater than the vessel s maximum filling rate in units per minute Page 142 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT 2 32 Empty Rate per Minute Defines the maximum rate at which the reported level is allowed to decrease Adjusts the SITRANS LUT400 response to decreases in the actual material level Range 0 000 to 99999 000 m min Default 0 100 m min Values Enter a value slightly greater than the vessel s maximum emptying rate in units per minute 2 3 3 Damping Filter Use this to stabilize the reported level displayed and analog output due to lev el fluctuations such as a rippling or splashing liquid surface defined sec onds Range 0 0 to 7200 0 Default 100 0 Values 2 4 Fail Safe The fail safe parameters ensure that the devices controlled by the SITRANS LUT400 default to an appropriate state when a valid level reading is not available The PV region on LUI will display dashes until the fail safe fault has been cleared See General Fault Codes on page 231 for a list of faults that will cause fail safe Note When a Loss of Echo occurs Material Level 2 4 1
163. e tab b Inthe Calibration Schedule Status section click on Acknowledge Warnings 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 213 Parameters To acknowledge a reminder via the local push buttons Navigate to Maintenance and Diagnostics 3 gt Maintenance 3 3 gt Calibration Schedule 3 3 6 Acknowledged 3 3 6 9 and RIGHT arrow gt to acknowledge the reminder 3 4 Simulation Use simulation to test your application For further details see Application examples on page 58 3 4 1 Level Simulates level changes and activates relays based on the setpoints programmed 3 4 1 1 Level Simulation Enable Enables disables level simulation DISABLED Options ENABLED 3 4 1 2 Level Value Sets the level for a fixed level simulation or the starting level for a ramped simulation Range Low Calibration Point to High Calibration Point Values Default 0 000 3 4 1 3 Ramp Enables disables ramped simulation DISABLED Options ENABLED 3 4 1 4 Ramp Rate Sets the rate at which the simulated level will change in a ramp simulation SLOW 1 of span per second Options MEDIUM 2 of span per second FAST 4 of span per second a Low Calibration Point to High Calibration Point Page 214 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 3 42 Discrete Inp
164. e and return to Program menu press DOWN arrow Finish Then press LEFT arrow lt Q three times to return to Measurement mode Page 42 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML1998MV01 1 1 2 OS Volume Use this wizard to configure volume applications employing standard vessel shapes a Press RIGHT arrow to activate PROGRAM mode and open menu level 1 MAIN MENU b Press RIGHT arrow gt two times to navigate to menu item 1 11 c Press DOWN arrow W and RIGHT arrow gt to open QS Volume d Ateach step press DOWN arrow W to accept default values and move directly to the next item TRANSDUCER XRS 5 or RIGHT arrow gt to open Edit mode the current selection is highlighted E e Scroll to desired item and press RIGHT arrow gt TRANSDUCER to store the change then press DOWN arrow W gt 72 to continue v f XCT 8 4 t any time you can press UP arrow to go oma 2 1 back LEFT arrow lt to cancel the wizard Start of QS elect elect Volume Wizard transducer temperature source I Transducer Temperature source Fixed Temperature Select Set Set vessel shape level units and vessel setpoints dimensions vary by vessel Vessel Shape Units Dimension A High Calibration Point Dimension L Low Calibration Point
165. e exponent for the flow calculation formula See Method of Flow Calculation on page 266 Value Range 999 000 to 9999 000 5 Default 1 550 9 K Factor E PMD EXPONENTIAL DEVICES The constant used in the flow calculation formula for absolute calculation of an exponential device only Range 999 000 to 9999 000 Value 9 Default 1 000 V Notch Angle PMD THIN PLATE V NOTCH WEIR The V Notch angle used in the flow calculation formula Range 25 000 to 95 000 Value Default 25 000 Slope PMD TRAPEZOIDAL FLUME or ROUND PIPE The Flow Slope used in the flow calculation formula Range 999 000 to 9999 000 Value Default 0 000 Roughness Coefficient PMD ROUND PIPE The Flow Roughness Coefficient used in the flow calculation formula Range 999 000 to 9999 000 Value 9 Default 0 000 Page 50 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML1998MV01 PMD Dimensions Notes For each PMD excluding Exponential Devices and Other you must enter up to four dimensions e In the wizard you will be prompted for each dimension required for the PMD selected and the respective PMD dimension name will be displayed PMD selected Wizard dimension name parameter menu reference Rectangular Flume BS 3680 APPROACH WIDTH B 27245 OCM Dimension 1 THROAT WIDTH B 275 46 OCM Dimension HUMP HE
166. e g for 5 30pm set parameter to 17 30 Default 00 00 Used in conjunction with 2722 2 Peak 5 End Time to define the high cost period 2 7 2 2 12 Peak 5 End Time Sets the end time of the high energy cost period 5 Range 00 00 to 23 59 Values Format HH MM 24 hour format e g for 5 30pm set parameter to 17 30 Default 00 00 Used in conjunction with 272211 5 Start Time to define the high cost period 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 157 9 2 oO a Parameters 2 7 2 2 13 Peak ON Setpoint Pump 1 Sets the process point at which Pump 1 will turn on when in a peak period Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 Values To allow the level to go beyond the normal Relay ON Setpoint before a pump is started enter the value to be used for the high energy cost period 2 7 2 2 14 Peak OFF Setpoint Pump 1 Sets the process point at which Pump 1 will turn off when in a peak period Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 Values To stop the pump s before the normal relay OFF Setpoint and reduce pump running time Enter the value to be used for the high cost period 2 7 2 2 15 Peak ON Setpoint Pump 2 Sets the process point at which Pump 2 will turn on when in a peak period Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 Values To allow the level
167. e if necessary to reverse logic for Discrete Logic Closed Input 1 29243 Discrete Input 2 Normally Use if necessary to reverse logic for Discrete Logic Closed Input 2 These values will ensure that any pump reporting a failure is removed from the pumping rotation For more information on pump interlocks and discrete inputs see Discrete Inputs on page 69 Other Pump Controls Prerequisite Common parameters must first be set for each pump control below Parameter Sample Value 212 Sensor Mode 213 Sensor Mode Volume Response Rate Medium 216 Transducer XPS 10 211 Units M 221 Low Calibration Point 1 8 222 High Calibration Point 0 4 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 87 E gt 11 a Totalizing pumped volume Available only LUT430 Pump and Flow model 107440 model Prerequisite The volume of the vessel must be known Parameter sample Description Value 261 Vessel Shape LINEAR Vessel shape is linear flat bottom 26 3 Maximum Volume 176 Max volume is 176m or 17600 liters 2714 Pump Control Mode ADA Sets the control algorithm used to trip the or pump relay to ALTERNATE DUTY ASSIST 2715 Pump Control Mode 2716 ON Setpoint Pump 1 10m Sets the level at which pump 1 turns on The first cycle will use this setpoint Subsequent cycles rotate the setpoint among the pumps 2718 ON Setpoint
168. e on page 180 for more details Fixed Temperature Source of the temperature reading used to adjust the speed of sound Range 100 0 to 150 0 C Value Default 20 0 C This parameter is only displayed if FIXED TEMPERATURE selected for Temperature Source Primary Measuring Device Detines the primary measuring device PMD to be used in the application EXPONENTIAL DEVICES RECTANGULAR FLUME BS 3680 ROUND NOSE HORIZONTAL CR BS 3680 TRAPEZOIDAL FLUME BS 3680 U FLUME BS 3680 FINITE CREST WEIR BS 3680 THIN PLATE WEIR BS 3680 THIN Options PLATE V NOTCH WEIR BS 3680 RECT WEIR CONTRACTED ROUND PIPE PALMER BOWLUS FLUME H FLUME OTHER Default EXPONENTIAL DEVICES Option will be set to OTHER if the wizard was run previously via HART software tool such as SIMATIC PDM and the device was set to OFF or UNIVERSAL HEAD VS FLOW If this is initial configuration the PMD can only be set for no calculation OFF or for linearization UNIVERSAL HEAD VS FLOW via HART software tools SIMATIC PDM AMS FC375 475 Method of Flow Calculation Sets the method of flow calculation ABSOLUTE RATIOMETRIC Options Default ABSOLUTE Page 48 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML1998MV01 Units Sensor measurement units M CM MM FT IN Default M Options Note For the purpose of this example all values are assumed
169. e resultant 27277 Sound Velocity entered directly for the other vessel s If the sound velocity of a vessel atmosphere is found to be repeatable at specific temperatures a chart or curve may be developed Then rather than performing a sound velocity calibration each time the vessel temperature changes significantly the anticipated 27217 Sound Velocity may be entered directly Page 262 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Volume Calculation The SITRANS LUT400 provides a variety of volume calculation features see 26 Volume If the vessel does not match any of the eight preset vessel shape calculations a Universal Volume calculation may be used Use the level volume graph or chart provided by the vessel fabricator or create one based on the vessel dimensions Based on the graph choose the Universal Volume calculation and select the level vs volume breakpoints to be entered 32 max Generally the more breakpoints entered the greater the accuracy 2 6 1 Vessel Shape set to Universal Linear A This volume calculation creates a piece wise linear approximation of the level volume curve This option provides best results if the curve has sharp angles joining relatively linear sections Enter a Level Breakpoint at each point where the level volume curve bends sharply 2 minimum For combination curves mostly linear but include one or more arcs enter numerous breakpoints along the arc for best vol
170. ed by the larger value Try this only if LOE exists for short periods of time Install a Transducer with a Narrower Beam A consistent incorrect level reading may result due to interference echoes from the sides of a vessel If this occurs try installing a longer range narrower beam transducer enter the new 276 Transducer model and if necessary optimize aiming and frequency again z o a a Always contact Siemens service personnel before selecting a transducer to solve this type of problem Fixed Reading If the Reading is a fixed value regardless of the transducer to material surface distance ensure the 1 Transducer acoustic beam is free from obstruction 2 Transducer is properly aimed 3 Transducer is not in contact with any metal object 4 Material mixer if used is operating while the SITRANS LUT400 is operating If it is stopped ensure that the mixer blade is not stopped under the transducer Obstructions in the Sound Beam Check for and remove if present any acoustic beam obstruction or relocate the transducer If an obstruction cannot be removed or avoided adjust the Time Varying Threshold TVT curve to reduce the Echo Confidence derived from the sound reflected by the obstruction Use SIMATIC to adjust the curve See 7V7 Shaperunder Echo Profile Utilitiesin LUT400 Communications manual Nozzle Mountings If the transducer is mounted on or in a nozzle
171. edules based on operating hours instead of a calendar based schedule See also Remaining Device Life 3 3 3 Remaining Sensor Life 3 3 4 and Service Schedule 3 3 5 Performing a reset to Factory Defaults will reset all the Maintenance Schedule parameters to their factory defaults The device operates in years To view Calibration Interval parameters in hours or days only via SIMATIC PDM PACTware FDT and AMS see Calibration Interval 3 3 61 79 2 The device tracks calibration intervals based on aperating hours and monitors the predicted lifetime to the next calibration You can modify the Total Calibration Interval set schedules for maintenance reminders and acknowledge them 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 211 Parameters To access these parameters via SIMATIC PDM e Open the menu Device Maintenance and select the Calibration Schedule tab For more details see Maintenance LUT400 Communications manual Time Units Allows you to set the desired units HOURS Options DAYS YEARS a Units are selectable only via SIMATIC PDM PACTware and AMS 3 3 6 1 Calibration Interval Note The device always operates in years Changing the units affects only the parameter view of the Calibration Interval parameters in SIMATIC PDM PACTware FDT and AMS User configurable recommended time between product calib
172. el Alarm Reported when material level is within a user defined range see 28 1 2 High Level Value ON and 28 1 2 High Level Value OFF be used in conjunction with 28 12 Time To Spill feature 28 1 1 Enable Enables disables High Level Alarm ENABLED DISABLED Options 28 12 High Level Value ON Sets the material level defined in 2 1 1 Units at which the High Level Alarm will activate Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 Value must be lower than Level To Spill 2 8 12 1 if Time to Spill feature is used 2 8 1 3 High Level Value OFF Sets the material level defined in 2 1 1 Units at which the High Level Alarm Will de activate Values Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 Values 28 14 Assigned Relay Determines which relay if any will be activated when the High Level Alarm activates NORELAY RELAY 1 Options RELAY 2 RELAY 3 28 15 Alarm State Read only Used to view the current state of the High Level Alarm ACTIVE Options INACTIVE Page 162 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 2 82 Low Level Alarm Reported when material level is within user defined range see 28 22Low Level Value ON and 28 23 Low Level Value OFF 2 8 21 Enable Enables disables Low Level Alarm ENABLED Options DISABLED 28 22 Low Level Va
173. elow the terminal block 3 Ground the device according to local regulations Notes for AC power connections The equipment must be protected by a 15 A fuse or circuit breaker on all current carrying conductors in the building installation Acircuit breaker or switch in the building installation marked as the disconnect switch must be in close proximity to the equipment and within easy reach of the operator and must disconnect all current carrying conductors Cables The SITRANS LUT400 is designed to work with two conductor shielded transducer cables Connection Cable Type mA output sync 2 copper conductors twisted with shield drain wire 300V 0 324 n 0 823 mm 22 18 AWG Maximum length 365 m Transducer Shielded two wire Warning Do not use coaxial transducer cable extension with the SITRANS LUT400 High voltage transmitted on shield of coaxial cable could result in personal injury damage to equipment or poor device performance Relay output Copper conductors per local requirements AC input a Preferred shielding is braided shield 1 If cable is routed through conduit use only approved suitable size hubs for waterproof applications Page 22 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Transducers Warning Hazardous voltage present on transducer terminals during A operation Run the transducer cable in a grounded metal cond
174. en Voltage applied ON No voltage applied OFF Voltage applied OFF Normally Closed No voltage applied ON For example When discrete input logic is set to Normally Open and discrete input has no voltage applied on the terminal block the discrete input will be inactive OFF 29 21 Discrete Input 1 Logic Use to change the behaviour of the Discrete Input 7 NORMALLY OPEN Options NORMALLY CLOSED 2 9 22 Discrete Input 1 Scaled State Head only Indicates the current state of Discrete Input f ON OFF Options 2 9 2 3 Discrete Input 2 Logic Use to change the behaviour of Discrete Input 2 NORMALLY OPEN Options NORMALLY CLOSED 2 9 24 Discrete Input 2 Scaled State Read only Indicates the current state of Discrete Input 2 ON OFF Options SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 2 93 Pump Interlock Available only LUT430 Pump and Flow model and LUT440 OCM model Discrete inputs allow you to supply pump information to the SITRANS LUT400 so that it can modify pump algorithms The following parameters are used to program actions that should take place when a pump is determined to be in a failed state For example a pump interlock can be used to ensure that any pump reporting a failure is removed from the pumping rotation 2 9 3 1 Enable Pump 1 Enables disabl
175. en Edit mode the e S current selection is highlighted e Scrollto desired item and press RIGHT arrow gt to store the change then press DOWN arrow to continue f you can press UP arrow to go back or LEFT arrow lt Q to cancel the wizard 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 39 2 a E Start of QS Select transducer Select operation Level Wizard I Transducer Operation Select temperature Set level units and Level Wizard source setpoints complete I Temperature Source Units Fixed Temperature High Calibration Point Low Calibration Point Response Rate Start of QS Level Wizard Note The introduction screen is displayed only on the device when using the local push buttons This screen is not part of the Quick Start when using SIMATIC PDM Shows the type of Wizard to be executed Options CANCEL START Transducer Specifies the Siemens transducer connected to the device NO TRANSDUCER XRS 5 XPS 10 XPS 15 XCT 8 XCT 12 XPS 30 XPS 40 Options XLT 30 XLT 60 STH Default NO TRANSDUCER Operation Sets the type of measurement and the corresponding mA output required for the application sensor reference point High Calibration Point distance space
176. er Decimal Position 216 3 7otalizers 216 197 Totalizer Decimal Position 2 13 2 Pumps 2 1 160 Totalizer Multiplier 2 16 4 Totalizers 2 16 198 Totalizer Multiplier 2 13 3 Pumps 2 1 161 Totalzers 216 Setup 2 197 Totalzers 2 13 Pumps 2 1 160 Transducer 21 6 140 Transducer Enable 3 3 1 203 Trend 3 22 200 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 223 Parameters Parameter Name Parameter Number Page Number TVT Setup 212 3 183 TVT Shaper 2124 184 Units 211 138 Universal Head vs Flow 2 15 5 196 User Defined Unit 215 3 8 Flow 2 5 193 User Defined Unit 2 6 6 Volume 2 6 149 V Notch Angle 215 4 2 196 Vessel Shape 2 6 1 147 View Logs 3 2 6 201 Volume 25 147 Volume Measurement 212 5 4 186 Volume Units 2 6 2 149 Wall Cling Reduction 2 1 2 1 154 Wizards 1 137 Write Protection 5 1 216 Zero Head Offset 215 3 5 192 Page 224 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO01 Service and Maintenance SITRANS LUT400 requires no maintenance or cleaning under normal operating conditions Firmware updates To update the LUT400 firmware please contact your Siemens representative to obtain the installer self executable exe file For a complete list of representatives go to www siemens com processautomation Two installers are available one
177. erial surface Zero Head Flowrate in an open channel in a FLOW Hewrats Units Zero Head zero flow level Option available only on LUT430 LUT440 Page 138 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT sensor reference point high calibration point distance space A level low calibration point far range i A sensor ref point max head EET high cal point material surface zero head low cal point 2 14 Sensor Mode Secondary Menu number 274 visible on LUT420 Level model OR 2 1 5 Sensor Mode Secondary Menu number 2754 visible on LUT430 Pump and Flow model and LUT440 OCM model Sets the secondary measurement type to be used in the application See Sensor Mode 2 1 3 for illustration 79 2 3 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 139 Parameters 2 1 6 Transducer Specifies the Siemens transducer connected to the device NO TRANSDUCER XRS 5 XPS 10 XPS 15 XCT 8 Options XCT 12 XPS 30 XPS 40 XLT 30 XLT 60 STH Notes e When Transducer 21 6 is set to NO TRANSDUCER the LOE fault will display immediately e An Echo Profile 3 2 1 cannot be requested from LUI when Transducer 21 6 is set to NO TRANSDUCER The local push button will not operate 2 1 7 Frequency Adjus
178. erisks in illustration on page 85 Set the OFF Setpoints Sample Value 2717 OFF Setpoint Pump 1 1 3 m Sets the level at which pump 1 turns off The first cycle will use this setpoint Subsequent cycles rotate the setpoint among the pumps For example In cycle 1 pump 1 turns off at 1 3 In the next cycle pump 2 will turn off at 13m 2719 OFF Setpoint Pump 2 1 2 Sets the level at which pump 2 turns off a Parameter Description Sample values denoted by asterisks in illustration on page 85 86 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Pump Control Interlocks SITRANS LUT400 5 sensor ref point High Cal Pt Low Cal Pt i is III outflow Mist input relay output Parameter sample Description Value 2714 Pump Control Mode ADA Sets the control algorithm used to trip the pump relay to ALTERNATE DUTY ASSIST 2715 Pump Control Mode 2931 Enable Pump 1 ON Enables pump start interlock for Pump 1 2932 Pump 1 Discrete Discrete Sets the discrete input to use for pump start Input Input1 interlock on Pump 1 2933 Enable Pump 2 ON Enables pump start interlock for Pump 2 2934 Pump 2 Discrete Discrete Sets the discrete input to use for pump start Input Input2 interlock on Pump 2 2921 Discrete Input 1 Normally Us
179. erses direction at the same rate Set 2411 Level Simulation Enable to Disabled when you wish to stop level simulation Simulating Discrete Inputs 1 Enable 243 Pump Activations if desired see Pump relay behaviour during simulation on page 121 2 Set the discrete input to be simulated 2427 Discrete Input 1 3422 Discrete Input Zor both to one of the following e the discrete input is simulated to be on e the discrete input is simulated to be off Set parameter s for DI to be simulated 2427 Discrete Input 1 and or 2422 Discrete Input 2 to Disabled if you do not wish to simulate a discrete input or to stop DI simulation that is currently running Simulation timeout Simulation will automatically be disabled and the LUT400 will return to normal measurement and control ten minutes after changing editing any simulation parameter except Leve Value When the timeout occurs parameters used to enable simulation Level Simulation Enable Discrete Input 1 Discrete Input 2 as well as Pump Activations will switch to Disabled and the message Simulation Enabled will no longer display on the LCD Device status conditions will also reset in PDM AMS FDT and FC375 475 z E gt 2 E a Application test You can test the application by varying the actual material level the preferred test method or by simulating level changes If you are testing the application via simula
180. es the pump start interlock If ON then Pump 1 will not start if the corresponding discrete input Pump 1 Discrete Input 29 3 2J is active ENABLED DISABLED Options 2 9 3 2 Pump 1 Discrete Input Sets the discrete input to use for pump start interlock on Pump 1 DISCRETE INPUT 1 Options DISCRETE INPUT 2 2 9 3 3 Enable Pump 2 Enables disables the pump start interlock If ON then Pump 2 will not start if the corresponding discrete input Pump 2 Discrete Input 2 9 34 is active ENABLED DISABLED Options 2 9 3 4 Pump 2 Discrete Input Sets the discrete input to use for pump start interlock on Pump 2 DISCRETE INPUT 1 Options DISCRETE INPUT 2 2 10 Data Logging Use data logging to keep track of a parameter value on regular intervals or when an event is triggered Up to 3 data logs can be configured and collectively the logs can hold approximately 30 000 entries To view these data logs see View Logs 3 26 79 2 2 oO a Notes No data logs are written while device is connected to a PC via USB e Always disable Data Logging before removing log files when log memory becomes full See Viewing the Data Log on page 119 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 173 Parameters 2 10 1 Process Value Log 2 10 1 1 Enable Enables disables Process Value PV L
181. escribes this behaviour in detail by relay function Alarm relays Any alarm that is based on level or a reading derived from level such as flow rate will not activate if there is a fail safe condition If the fail safe condition occurs and the alarm is already active the alarm will de activate The following alarm types will de activate during a fail safe condition e High Level e Low Level e n bounds Level e ut of bounds Level e High Flow Hate Low Flow Rate Note A dedicated alarm exists for fail safe condition as described above See Fa Safe fault on page 65 Pump relays If a pump cycle is in progress at the time the fail safe condition occurs then the pump cycle will end prematurely as if the off setpoints were reached This has the effect of turning off all pumps immediately If a pump run on occurrence was scheduled for the pump cycle w not occur However if a pump run on occurrence has already begun at the time the fail safe condition occurs then the run on will complete If no pump cycle is in progress at the time the fail safe condition occurs then subsequent pump cycles will not occur the fail safe condition will prevent pumps from starting until the fail safe condition is cleared Miscellaneous relays External Totalizer relay If the external totalizer is in the process of recording volume i e the relay is clicking when a
182. eset to zero after performing a Service To reset to zero In SIMATIC open the menu Device Maintenance click on the Service Schedule tab and click on Service Performed to restart the timer and clear any fault messages Navigate to Maintenance and Diagnostics 3 Maintenance 3 3 Service Schedule 3 3 5 Time Last Service 3 3 5 2 and setto zero 3 3 5 3 Time Next Service Read only Time Next Service 3 3 5 3 less Time Last Service 3 3 5 2 3 3 5 4 Reminder Activation Note To modify this parameter via SIMATIC PDM it must be accessed via the pull down menu Device Maintenance Allows you to enable a maintenance reminder Values TIMER OFF ON NO LIMITS no reminders checked ON REMINDER 1 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED checked ON REMINDER 1 AND 2 checked ON REMINDER 2 MAINTENANCE DEMANDED checked a Firstsetthe values in Reminder 1 before Service Required 3 3 5 5 Reminder 2 before Service Demanded 3 3 5 6 b Selectthe desired Reminder Activation option 3 355 Reminder 1 before Service Required If Time Next Service 3 3 5 2 is equal to or less than this value the device generates a Maintenance Required reminder Values Range 0 000 to 20 000 years Default 0 164 years 8 weeks a Modify values as required Set Reminder Activation 3 3 5 4 to the desired option Page 210 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPE
183. evel and Zero Head defined in 211Units b converted from Head defined in FLOW ZETO Heat 2153 ZHowrate Units When Current Output Function is set to Manual a power cycle will reset this parameter to its previous value b Option available only on LUT430 LUT440 Level Space Distance sensor ref 4mA point 0 96 istance Y material level low Y 20mA cal 100 96 point Head sensor ref point Max Head 20 mA or 100 High Cal Point liquid level ay head Zero Head Low Cal Point 3 4 mA or 0 Far o Range 5 1 Refer to PMD supplier documentation for maximum head To modify Current Output Function via SIMATIC PDM Open the menu Device Select Analog Output 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 145 Parameters 2 5 3 4 mA Setpoint 2 5 4 2 5 5 2 5 6 Sets the process level corresponding to the 4 mA value 4 mA always defaults to and Current Output Function 2 5 1 determines the type of measurement See Current Output Function 2 5 1 for an illustration Range Level Space Distance Head 0 000 to 60 000 m Volume 0 0 to Max Volume Values Flow 0 to Max Flow Default 0 set to value corresponding to 0 as defined by Current Output Function and associated units e Enter the reading that is to correspond to a 4 mA output e Units are defined in Units 211 for Leve
184. evice starts in LEVEL mode with a preset of no transducer and a low calibration point of 60 meters Change the following common parameters to reflect your application Parameter Sample Value 212 Sensor Mode LEVEL Response Rate MEDIUM set via QS Leve on page 39 216 Transducer XPS 15 211 Units M 221 Low Calibration Point 12 222 High Calibration Point 2 Measurement conditions The following information will help you configure your SITRANS LUT400 for optimal performance and reliability Response Rate oO i oO 2 a The response rate of the device influences the measurement reliability Use the slowest rate possible with the application requirements Note Changes to fill and empty rate parameters can override Response Rate setting See Response Rate on page 42 Dimensions Dimensions of the vessel wet well or reservoir other than low and high calibration points are only important if you require volume readings In this case all dimensions are used to calculate the volume value in terms of level They are also used to calculate pumped volume Fail safe The fail safe parameters ensure that the devices controlled by the SITRANS LUT400 default to an appropriate state when a valid level reading is not available See list of faults that result in fail safe in Genera Fault Codes on page 231 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 63 iS i
185. f the Quick Start when using SIMATIC PDM Shows the type of Wizard to be executed Options CANCEL START Number of Pumps Select the number of pumps to be used with pump control NONE 2 Options Default NONE If setto NONE pump control is disabled Relay Pump 1 Selects the relay assigned to Pump 1 RELAY 2 RELAY 3 Default RELAY 2 Options Relay Pump 2 View only Automatically sets the relay assigned to Pump 2 based on relay selected for Pump 1 in previous step Options If Relay Pump 1 RELAY 2 then Relay Pump 2 RELAY 3 view only If Relay Pump 1 RELAY 3 then Relay Pump 2 RELAY 2 Page 54 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML1998MV01 Pump Control Mode Sets the control algorithm used to trip the relay LUT420 Level Controller ALTERNATE DUTY ASSIST ALTERNATE DUTY BACKUP LUT430 Pump and Flow Controller b ALTERNATE DUTY ASSIST ALTERNATE DUTY BACKUP SERVICE RATIO Options DUTY ASSIST SERVICE RATIO DUTY BACKUP FIXED DUTY ASSIST FIXED supported DUTY BACKUP per model LUT440 High Accuracy ALTERNATE DUTY ASSIST ALTERNATE DUTY BACKUP SERVICE RATIO DUTY ASSIST SERVICE RATIO DUTY BACKUP FIXED DUTY ASSIST FIXED DUTY BACKUP Default all models ALTERNATE DUTY ASSIST See Pump Control Mode 2714 on page 151 for descriptions of each Service Ratio Pump 1 8 a
186. fault 8 In most cases the material echo is the only one which rises above the default echo profile 3 TVT 26 X material SA In a vessel with obstructions a false level E echo may occur See Shaper Mode and Auto False Echo Suppression below for echo marker Sh Distance mm more details The device characterizes all echoes that rise above the TVT as potential good echoes Each peak is assigned a rating based on its strength area height above the TVT and reliability amongst other characteristics Page 256 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Algorithm The true echo is selected based on the setting for the Echo selection algorithm For a list of options see Algorithm 212 21 on page 181 All algorithms ultimately use confidence to select the true echo However when applications report a low confidence value the TR algorithm which tracks the moving echo can be used to predict the primary variable Algorithm Echo Determination Suggested Usage Use in liquids applica Selects the first echo that crosses tions free of obstruc TF True First echo curve tions when confidence of first echo is high Only use TR algorithm in process applications Selects the echo that is closest to the with continuous level TR TRacker transducer and is moving If echo loca changes and a risk of tion is steady BLF
187. field devices such as SITRANS LUT400 Two commercially available FDTs are PACTware and Fieldcare FDT is very similar to see Operation via S MATIC PDM 6 HART in the LUT400 Communications manual for more detail e Toconfigure a field device via FDT you need the DTM Device Type Manager for the device e configure a field device via SIMATIC you need the EDD Electronic Data Description for the device Startup and Configuration To startup the SITRANS LUT400 using an FDT you must first install the DTM see below You can then configure the device using the parameters available with the FDT The full process to configure a field device via FDT is outlined in an application guide for SITRANS DTM which be downloaded from the product page of our website Go to www siemens com sitransLUT400 under Support and click on Application Guides Device Type Manager DTM A DTM is a type of software that plugs into It contains the same information as an EDD but an EDD is independent of the operating system SITRANS DTM version 3 1 e SITRANS DTM is EDDL interpreter developed by Siemens to interpret the EDD for that device e TouseSITRANS DTM to connect to a device you must first install SITRANS DTM on your system and then install the instrument EDD written for SITRANS DTM e You can download SITRANS DTM from our website at http Avww siemens com sitransdtm Click on Support then go to
188. for Measurement Control and Laboratory Use Electromagnetic Compatibility EN61000 3 2 2006 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Part 3 2 Limits for harmonic current emissions equipment input current X 16A per phase EN61000 3 3 2008 A1 2001 A2 2005 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Part 3 3 Limitation of voltage changes voltage fluctuations and flicker in public low voltage supply systems for equipment with rated current 16A per phase and not subject to conditional connection EN61000 4 2 2009 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Part 4 2 Testing and measurement techniques Electrostatic discharge immunity test Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Part 4 3 EN61000 4 3 2006 Testing and measurement techniques Radiated radio frequency electromagnetic field immunity test Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Part 4 4 EN61000 4 4 2004 Testing and measurement techniques Electrical fast transient burst immunity test EN61000 4 5 2006 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Part 4 5 Testing and measurement techniques Surge immunity test Page 4 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 EMC Standard EN61000 4 6 2009 Title Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Part 4 6 Testing and measurement techniques Immunity to conducted disturbances induced by radio frequency fields EN61000 4 8 2010 Electromagnetic Compatibi
189. g Totalizers 273 2 Totalizer Decimal Position For example Values defined in default 277 Units will display decimal places default 26 2 Volume Units 1 decimal place default 275 3 ZHlowrate Units 0 decimal places e To enter Program mode using the local push buttons press p gt Press lt q to return to Measurement mode Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 Parameters are identified by name and organized into function groups See LCD Menu Structure on page 273 for a chart Parameters accessible via the local push buttons are preceded by a number Parameters not preceded by a number are accessible only via remote operation Based on model configuration LUT420 LUT430 LUT440 some parameters will not appear on LUI Exceptions are noted by parameter Where the same parameter exists for more than one model but is represented by a different menu number both parameters are listed together separated by OR and the details are noted under the second of the two parameters 79 2 2 7 For more details see Operation via SIMATIC PDM 6 HART on page 127 Operation via AMS Device Manager HART on page 131 1 Wizards Several Wizards are available with the SITRANS LUT400 Wizards group together all the settings needed for a particular feature All Wizards are available via the local push buttons and many are also available via SIMATIC PDM under the Device
190. ge defines the endpoint of the TVT distance See TVT This is used in conjunction with auto false echo suppression blanking a blind zone extending away from the reference point plus any additional shield length The device is programmed to ignore this zone confidence describes the quality of an echo Hlgher values represent higher quality Confidence threshold defines the minimum value damping term applied to the performance of a device to denote the manner in which the measurement settles to its steady indication after a change in the value of the level dB decibel a unit used to measure the amplitude of signals derating to decrease a rating suitable for normal conditions according to guidelines specified for different conditions echo a signal that has been reflected with sufficient magnitude and delay to be perceived in some manner as a signal distinct from that directly transmitted Echoes are frequently measured in decibels relative to the directly transmitted signal echo confidence the recognition of the validity of the echo A measure of echo reliability echo lock window a window centered on an echo in order to locate and display the echo s position and true reading Echoes outside the window are not immediately processed Echo marker a marker that points to the processed echo Echo Processing the process by which the device determines echoes Echo Strength describes the strength of the selected echo in dB
191. h remote mounted lid Two cables can be connected together for an extension of up to 5 meters Note Itis recommended that the exposed extension cable be secured along wall or run through conduit to prevent damage to device should cable be accidentally subjected to stress Page 30 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Connecting in hazardous area installations Wiring setups for hazardous area installations The following wiring options are available for hazardous area installations e wiring Canada In all cases check the device label on your instrument and confirm the approval rating 1 Non incendive wiring Canada SIEMENS SITRANS LUT420 7 Serial No 2 81034567 Power Rating 100 230V 15 50 60 Hz 36 VA 10 W Contact Rating 1 5 250V Non Inductive Operating Temperature 20 C to 50 Enclosure IP65 TYPE 4X NEMA 4X Class Div 2 Gr A B C amp D T3C 5 Class Il Div 2 Gr F amp G Class ll 159134 Drawing A5E03936871 SIEMENS SITRANS LUT430 7M Looocxooo0cxo00c Serial No GYZ B1034567 Power Rating 100 230V G 15 50 60 Hz 36 VA 10 W Contact Rating 1A 5A 250V v Non Inductive Operating Temperature 20 to 50 Enclosure IP65 TYPE 4X NEMA 4X Class Div 2 Gr B C amp D T3C SRo casi Div 2 Gr F amp G Class III 159134 Per Drawing A5E03936
192. he value is added to 227 Low Calibration Pointand can be greater than the range of the transducer The examples on the following pages show both methods E gt i 3 E a 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 99 PMDs with Exponential Flow to Head function For Primary Measuring Devices PMDs that measure flow by an exponential equation use these parameters Ensure that you use the correct exponent for your PMD the values below are samples only Standard Weirs transducer TT f a y weir profile Ww P zi 5 Applicable weir profiles T E V notch or suppressed cipolleti or sutro or triangular rectangular trapezoidal proportional Parameter Value 2151 Primary Measuring Device PMD Exponential Devices 21532 Flow Exponent Weir Type Value V notch 2 50 Suppressed rectangular 1 50 Cipolletti or trapezoidal 1 50 Sutro or proportional 1 00 21533 Maximum Head 2 15 34 Maximum Flow at 20 mA 21537 Howrate Units 225 Far Range 215 41 K FactoP Values are samples only Consult weir manufacturer s documentation for cor rect flow exponent b Required for exponential device absolute calculation only Page 100 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Parshall Flume Note C Converging Dimension Plan View C Front View Side View a transducer jest
193. head and flow reference point Maximum Flow must be set for all Absolute and Ratiometic PMDs 2 15 3 5 Zero Head Offset The difference positive or negative between Low Calibration Point and zero head level at zero flow defined in 2 1 1 Units Range 60 000 to 60 000 Values Default 0 000 This feature can be used for most weirs and some flumes e g Palmer Bowlus where the zero reference is at a higher elevation than the channel bottom transducer e Material level at zero flow base EN zero head Zero Head Offset Low Calibration Point Page 192 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT 2 15 36 Flowrate Decimal The maximum number of decimal places to be displayed NO 016175 digits after the decimal point 1 DIGIT 1 digit after the decimal point Options 2 DIGITS 2 digits after the decimal point 3 DIGITS 3 digits after the decimal point 2 15 37 Flowrate Units The volume units used to display total flow L S Litres per second L MIN Litres per minute CUFT S Cubic feet per second CUFT D Cubic feet per day GAL MIN US Gallons per minute Options GAL D US Gallons per day IMPGAL MIN Imperial Gallons per minute IMPGAL D Imperial Gallons per day CUM H Cubic meters per hour CUM D Cubic meters per day USER DEFINED units defined 272 3 8 User Defined Unit
194. iS im o o SITRANS LUT400 sensor ref point High Cal Pt Try eee outflow Low Cal Pt Setpoint sample values ON Setpoint Pump 1 Pump 2 see tables below OFF Setpoint Pump 1 Pump 2 Page 80 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Set the common parameters Prerequisite Substitute the details of your application in place of the sample values provided If you are bench testing the device set your test values to be the same as the sample values Parameter Sample Value 212 Sensor Mode Level Response Rate Medium 216 Transducer XPS 10 211 Units M 221 Low Calibration Point 18 222 High Calibration Point 0 4 Set Relays to ALTERNATE DUTY ASSIST ADA Parameter Value Description 2714 Pump Control Mode Sets the control algorithm used to trip the pump or relay to ALTERNATE DUTY ASSIST Multiple 2715 Pump Control Mode pumps can run simultaneously Set the ON Setpoints Sample Value 2716 ON Setpoint Pump 1 1 0 Sets the level at which pump 1 turns on first cycle will use this setpoint Subsequent cycles rotate the setpoint among the pumps For example In cycle 1 pump 1 turns on at 1 m In the next cycle pump 2 will turn on at 1 m 2718 ON Setpoint Pump 2 11 Sets the level at which pump 2 turns on a Parameter Description oO
195. ications Features e Small 1 2 DIN enclosure footprint with standard universal mounting bracket for wall pipe and DIN rail plus an optional panel mount e Easy to use LUI display with local four button programming menu driven parameters and Wizard support for key applications e Level Volume High Accuracy Flow monitoring e Three relays combined with suite of pump alarm and relay control features e HART Communications EDDs for SIMATIC AMS Device Manager and Field Communicator 375 475 plus DTMs for FDTs Field Device Tools e Integrated web browser for local programming from an intuitive web based interface e discrete inputs for backup level override and pump interlock functions e Echo profile and trend views from the local display e Patented digital receiver for improved performance in electrically noisy applications close proximity to VSDs Realtime clock with daylight savings time supporting an integrated datalogger and energy saving algorithms for minimizing pump operation during high cost energy periods e Removable terminal blocks for ease of wiring i a 5 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 7 Models The SITRANS LUT400 comes in three different models depending on the application level of performance and functionality required e SITRANS LUT420 Level Controller Level or volume measurement basic pump control func
196. ice You can modify the Total Service Interval set schedules for maintenance reminders and acknowledge them The maintenance warnings and reminders are communicated to the end user through status information This information can be integrated into any Asset Management system For optimal use we recommend that you use SIMATIC PCS7 Asset Management Software in conjunction with SIMATIC PDM To access these parameters via SIMATIC PDM e Open the menu Device Maintenance and select the Service Schedule tab For more details see Maintenance LUT400 Communications manual Time Units Allows you to set the desired units HOURS Options DAYS F 5 3 e oO a Units are selectable only via SIMATIC PACTware FDT and AMS 1 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 209 Parameters 3 3 5 1 Service Interval Note The device always operates in years Changing the Time Units affects only the parameter view of the Service Interval parameters in SIMATIC PDM PACTware FDT and AMS User configurable recommended time between product inspections Values Units hours days years Range 0 000 to 20 000 years Default 1 000 year Units are selectable only via SIMATIC PACTware and AMS 3 35 2 Time Last Service Time elapsed since last service Can be r
197. id Flow Log Setpoint 2 10 3 6 175 Hate 2 3 142 Reform Echo 212 23 182 Relay 1 Logic 2 8111 170 Relay 2Logic 2 811 2 170 Relay 3 Logie 2 8 11 3 170 Relay Duration 2111 3 Elapsed Time Relay 2111 175 Relay Duration 2 11 2 3 Time of Day Relay 2 11 2 176 Relay Duration 211 3 3 External Totalizer 211 3 177 Relay Duration 211 4 4 External Sampler 211 4 179 Relay Logic 2111 5 Elapsed Time Relay 2111 176 Relay Logic 211 2 5 Time of Day Relay 2112 177 Relay Logic 2 11 3 5 External Totalzer 211 3 178 Relay Logic 211 4 6 External Sampler 211 4 179 Relay Logic 2 8 11 High Level Alarm 2 8 1 169 Relay Pump 1 2 142 Basic Setup 2 11 151 Relay Pump 1 3 2 13 Pump Records 3 2 1 202 Relay Pump 2 2 71 3 Basic Setup 2 11 151 Relay Pump 2 3 2 14 Pump Records 3 2 1 202 Reset Daily Totalizer 216 5 198 Page 222 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Parameter Name Parameter Number Page Number Reset Running Totalizer 2 16 6 7otalizers 216 198 Reset Running Totalizer 2 13 5 Pumps 2 1 161 Roughness Coefficient 2 15 4 4 196 Run Time Relay2 3 2 11 202 Run Time Helay3 3 2 1 2 202 Run On Duration Pump 1 2 1 2 3 3 159 Run On Duration Pump 2 2 1 2 3
198. ile in Program Mode If you wish to disable the device while it is configured see 2 37 Transducer Enable on page 203 1 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 See DVD shipped with device or download manual from our website Page 38 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML1998MV01 2 Choose Wizards 1 Quick Start 11 and then the appropriate quick start QS Level 111 QS Volume 11 2 or QS Flow 1 1 3 The QS Flow wizard will display on LUI for LUT430 Pump and Flow and LUT440 OCM configured models only 3 Follow the steps then choose Finish to save Quick Start parameter changes and return to Program menu then press lt three times to return to Measurement mode Notes e The Quick Start Wizard settings are inter related and changes apply only after you choose Finish in the final step Perform customization for your application only after the Quick Start has been completed 1 Wizards 1 1 Quick Start 1 1 1 OS Level Use this wizard to configure simple level applications 8 a 5 a Press RIGHT arrow to activate PROGRAM mode and open menu level 1 MAIN MENU b Press RIGHT arrow gt two times to navigate to menu item 111 c Press RIGHT arrow gt to open QS Level d Ateach step press DOWN arrow W to TUCK START LEVEL accept default values and move directly to the next item or RIGHT arrow gt to op
199. immediately advances to Minimum mA Limit 2 5 5 orMaxi mum mA Limit 2 5 6 as defined by the application DISTANCE is setto zero corresponding to a high level pumps and alarms operate normally according to level therefore they remain ON or activate if not already ON Page 182 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 The submergence condition remains in effect until the transducer is no longer submerged A valid echo must then be detected before the LOE Timer expires or the device will enter fail safe condition see 24 Safe 2 12 3 TVT Setup Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 2 12 3 1 Auto False Echo Suppression Used together with Auto False Echo Suppression Range 2 1232 to screen out false echoes in a vessel with known obstructions A learned IVT time varying threshold replaces the default over a specified range See Shaper Mode and Auto False Echo Suppression on page 258 for a more detailed explanation Notes Make sure material level is below all known obstructions when Auto False Echo Suppression is used to learn the echo profile An empty or almost empty vessel is recommended Note the distance to material level when Auto False Echo learns the environment Set Auto False Echo Suppression Range to a shorter distance to avoid the material echo being screened out e Set Auto False Echo Sup
200. ing totalizer value to zero NO Options P YES 3 Maintenance and Diagnostics Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 3 1 Identification To edit parameters with a string editor 227 to 275 see Using the string editor on page 187 3 1 1 TAG Text that can be used in any way A recommended use Is as a unique label for a field device in a plant Limited to 32 alphanumeric characters 8 characters via HART Appears in tap left corner of display in measurement mode see The LCD Display on page 34 Page 198 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 3 12 Long TAG Text that can be used in any way A recommended use Is as a unique label for a field device in a plant Limited to 32 alphanumeric characters 3 1 3 Descriptor Text that can be used any way Limited to 32 ASCII characters 16 ASCII characters via HART No specific recommended use 3 1 4 Message Text that can be used any way Limited to 32 ASCII characters No specific recommended use 3 1 5 Installation Date Date the device was first commissioned YYYY MM DD Manufacturer Read only The device manufacturer e g Siemens Product Name Read only Identifies the product by name e g SITRANS LUT400 3 1 6 Product Read only Identifies the product by name and capability SITRANS 107420 Level SITRANS LUT430 Pump and Flow SITRANS LU
201. int usually process full level Range 0 000 to 60 000 Value Default 0 000 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 41 2 a E Low Calibration Point Distance from Sensor Reference Point to Low Calibration Point usually process empty level Range 0 000 to 60 000 Value Default 60 000 Response Rate Sets the reaction speed of the device to measurement changes in the target range Notes Response Rate can only be set through the Quick Start Wizard and any changes made to Fill Rate per Minute 2 3 1 Empty Rate per Minute 2 3 2 or Damping Filter 2 3 3 parameters following the completion of the wizard will supersede the Response Rate setting Response Rate always displays in m minute SLOW 0 1 M MIN MEDIUM 1 0 M MIN Options FAST 10 M MIN Default SLOW 0 1 M MIN Use a setting just faster than the maximum filling or emptying rate whichever is greater Slower settings provide higher accuracy faster settings allow for more rapid level fluctuations End of OS Level Wizard For QS to be successful all changes must be applied BACK CANCEL FINISH Display returns to 1 1 Quick Start menu when Quick Start is successfully com pleted or cancelled If CANCEL is selected no changes are written to the device Options To transfer Quick Start values to the devic
202. intenance in LUT400 Communications manual 1 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 Page 204 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Time Units Allows you to set the desired units HOURS Options DAYS YEARS Units are selectable only SIMATIC PACTware and AMS 3 3 3 1 Lifetime Expected Note The device always operates in years Changing the Time Units affects only the parameter view of the Remaining Device Lifetime parameters in SIMATIC PDM PACTware FDT and AMS Allows you to override the factory default Units hours days years Values Range 0 000 to 20 000 years Default 10 000 years Units are selectable only SIMATIC PACTware and AMS 3 3 3 2 Time in Operation Head only The amount of time the device has been operating 3 33 8 Remaining Lifetime Read only Lifetime Expected 23 3 3 1 less Time in Operation 3 3321 3 3 34 Reminder Activation Note To modify this parameter via SIMATIC PDM it must be accessed via the pull down menu Device Maintenance Allows you to enable a maintenance reminder REMINDER 1 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED REMINDER 2 MAINTENANCE DEMANDED REMINDERS 1 AND 2 OFF First set the values in Reminder 1 before Lifetime Required 3 3 3 5 Reminder 2 before Lifetime Demanded 3 3 3 6 b Selectthe desired Reminder Activat
203. ion optional as laptop not required for configuration Avoid e Exposure to direct sunlight Provide sun shield to avoid direct sunlight Proximity to high voltage current runs contactors SCR or variable frequency motor speed controllers 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 9 a D 5 D 5 D T a Mounting instructions Mounting instructions differ for wall pipe DIN rail and remote display panel mount devices Please follow the specific instructions for your device Note When routing cable through a conduit please follow the Cable Routing instructions on page 16 before mounting the SITRANS LUT400 Wall or panel mount All configurations of the SITRANS LUT400 are shipped with a mounting back plate SITRANS LUT400 has the option of a lid with a Local User Interface LUI display a remote display for panel mount configuration or a blank lid The panel mount model comes with both a LUI display and a blank lid mounting back plate clips 2 places clips 2 places Note Wall mount fasteners not included Page 10 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 mounting back plate enclosure with blank lid Note Wall mount fasteners not included back of enclosure For a more detailed dimension drawing see S 7RAWVS LUT400
204. ion option 3 3 3 5 Reminder 1 before Lifetime Required If Remaining Lifetime 3 3 3 2 is equal to or less than this value the device generates a Maintenance Hequired reminder Options a 2 2 Range 0 000 to 20 000 years Default 0 164 years 8 weeks Values a Modify values as required b SetReminder Activation 3 3 3 4 to the desired option 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 205 Parameters 3 3 4 3 3 3 6 Reminder 2 before Lifetime Demanded If Remaining Lifetime 3 3 3 3 is equal to or less than this value the device generates a Maintenance Demanded reminder Range 0 000 to 20 000 years Values Default 0 019 years 1 week a Modify values as required b SetReminder Activation 3 3 3 4 to the desired option 33 37 Maintenance Status Indicates which level of maintenance reminder is active In SIMATIC PDM open the menu View Device Status click on the Maintenance tab and check the Device Lifetime Status window 3 3 3 8 Acknowledged Status Indicates which level of maintenance reminder has been acknowledged In SIMATIC PDM open the menu View Device Status click on the Maintenance tab and check the Device Lifetime Status window 3 3 3 9 Acknowledged Acknowledges the current maintenance reminder To acknowledge a reminder via SIMATIC PDM a
205. l Space Distance or Head and in Flowrate Units 215 3 7 for Flow Volume units are converted from a level value 20 mA Setpoint Sets the process level corresponding to the 20 value 20 mA always defaults to 60 m and Current Output Function 2 5 1 determines the type of measurement See Current Output Function 2 5 1 for an illustration Range Level Space Distance Head 0 000 to 60 000 m Volume 0 0 to Max Volume Flow 0 to Max Flow Default Level Space Distance Head 60 000 Volume Max Volume Flow Max Flow set to value corresponding to 100 as defined by Current Out put Function and associated units Values e Enter the reading that is to correspond to a 20 mA output e Units are defined in Units 2 1 1 for Level Space or Distance or Head and in Flowrate Units 2 15 3 7 for Flow Volume units are converted from a level value Minimum mA Limit Prevents the mA output from dropping below this minimum level for a measurement value This does not restrict the Fail safe or Manual settings Range 3 5 to 22 8 mA Values Default 4 0 Maximum mA Limit Prevents the mA output from rising above this maximum level for a measurement value This does not restrict the Fail safe or Manual settings Range 3 5 to 22 8 mA Default 20 0 Values Page 146 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 25 7 Manual Val
206. lation mode 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 121 Fail safe and Simulation When simulating Level or Discrete Inputs the LUT400 will never enter the Fail safe state Faults that would normally cause a fail safe condition such as a broken cable or LOE may still occur but a fail safe condition will not be reported on the device during simulation Note As fail safe will not be reported during simulation a bench simulation of the LUT400 can be run without a transducer connected HART status When using HART communications via software tools such as PDM AMS FDT and FC375 475 the Level value and the readings derived from level will display simulated values when level or discrete input simulation is enabled on LUI See Process Variables within PDM AMS FDT and FC375 475 Device status conditions within each tool will also indicate that the device is in simulation mode see Diagnostics Simulation process Simulation is an iterative process whereby parameters are adjusted and corresponding results are viewed in Measurement Mode Level and Discrete Inputs can be simulated separately or concurrently When either simulation is enabled the LCD displays Simulation Enabled in the text area for status messages see Measurement mode display Normal operation on page 34 Note Simulation Enabled status will display on LCD even if other faults are present To stop simulation at any time set the par
207. lay assigned 3277 Run Time Relay 2 to a pump 3272 Time Relay 3 Other controls Relays controlled by time A relay can be controlled by time setpoints using Time of Day or Elapsed Time Set Time of Day Relay Parameter Value Description 21121 Enable Enabled Enables Time of Day Relay 21122 Activation Time 17 30 Activates the relay at 5 30 pm 21123 Relay Duration 60 Activates the relay for 60 seconds 21124 Assigned Helay Relay 1 Sets relay 1 to be controlled by time of day Normal Use if necessary to change the behaviour of S 21125 Relay Logic y the relay assigned to the time of day control Closed 5 Default Normally Open T Set Elapsed Time Relay CERE Parameter Description 21111 Enable Enabled Enables elapsed time relay 21112 Interval 24 Activates the relay every 24 hours 21113 Relay Duration 60 Activates the relay for 60 seconds 21114 Assigned Relay Relay 1 Sets relay 1 to be controlled by elapsed time Normall Use if necessary to change the behaviour of 21115 Helay Logic Closed y the relay assigned to the elapsed time control Default Normally Open Page 92 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Flow Flow calculation The SITRANS LUT400 provides numerous open channel flow calculation features see275 Flow The device can be configured to select the flow calculation specific to the primary measuring device PMD such as a flume or weir If the P
208. ler control RELAY 1 Options RELAY 2 RELAY 3 2 11 45 Relay Logic Use to change the behaviour of the relay assigned to flow sampler control NORMALLY OPEN Options NORMALLY CLOSED Relay contact operation is NORMALLY CLOSED for alarms and NORMALLY OPEN for controls By default a control contact is Normally Open For 2 74 3 nterval the corresponding relay coil is energized By setting this parameter to Normally Closed the relay coil will be de energized for the activation phase 2 12 Signal Processing Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 2 12 1 Temperature and Velocity 2 12 1 1 Sound Velocity The value adjusted based on the Sound Velocity at 20 degrees 2 12 1 5 vs Process Temperature 2 12 1 2 characteristics of air Range 125 000 to 20000 000 m s Default 344 130 m s Values Alternatively enter the current sound velocity if known or perform an 21216 Sound Velocity calibration Value is always reported in m s 2 12 1 2 Process Temperature View the transducer temperature in C If Temperature Source 2 12 1 3 is set to any value other than Fixed Temperature 2 12 1 4 the value displayed is the temperature measured If Temperature Source is set to Temp Fixed the Fixed Temperature 2 12 1 4 value is displayed 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART O
209. lity EMC Part 4 8 Testing and measurement techniques Power frequency magnetic field immunity test EN61000 4 11 2004 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Part 4 11 Testing and measurement techniques voltage clips short interruptions and voltage variations immunity tests 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 5 d oO lt 2 e Safety Notes Notes Page 6 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Description Overview The Siemens SITRANS LUT400 series controllers are compact single point long range ultrasonic controllers for continuous level measurement of liquids slurries and solids and high accuracy monitoring of open channel flow The series is compatible with Siemens full line of Transducers allowing an operating range of 0 3 to 60 meters dependent on transducer The SITRANS LUT400 has been coupled with a backlit Local User Interface LUI display featuring menu driven programming and a host of wizards for plug and play performance The LUT400 also features our next generation of Sonic Intelligence further strengthening our industry leading measurement performance while improving ease of use With a number of advanced pump alarm and flow control features plus a real time clock and an integrated datalogger the LUT400 is a powerful and comprehensive solution for your Ultrasonic appl
210. ll 80 wiring cables 20 hazardous areas 31 problems 241 wrong reading 244 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 283 Notes For more information WWwW siemens com level www siemens com continuous weighing Siemens AG Subject to change without prior notice Industry Sector 7 119985 01 Rev 1 1 1954 Technology Drive P O Box 4225 Siemens AG 2012 Peterborough ON Canada K9J 7B1 email techpubs smpi siemens com www siemens com processautomation 1 9 9 Printed in Canada 8 5 MV 0 1
211. llation instructions and details on how to configure the device via the Web Browser refer to the LUT400 Communications manual 1 Also available from the product page of our website Go to www siemens com sitransLUT400 and click on Support gt Software Downloads 2 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 LI 5 7 27 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 129 Notes LI 2 130 SITRANS 101400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Operation via AMS Device Manager HART SITRANS LUT400 compatible with AMS version 10 5 and higher Features and Functions i cS oO 2 LI gt AMS Device Manager is a software package used to commission and maintain SITRANS LUT400 and other process devices AMS Device Manager monitors the process values alarms and status signals of the device It allows you to display compare adjust verify and simulate process device data The graphic interface in SITRANS LUT400 makes monitoring and adjustments easy Please consult the operating instructions or online help for details on using AMS Device Manager You can find more information at http www emersonprocess com AMSJ AMS Device Manager features four Quick Start Wizards Level Volume Volume Linearization and Flow to easily configu
212. low g DAILY TOTAL 999999 99 11 secondary sensor mode head when oc primary sensor mode flow B5 SAVING PARA 12 totalizer values display alternates between 97 8 7 daily totalizer and running totalizer Fault present 8 text area displays a fault code and an error message OLOE 9 service required icon appears 1 Press UP or DOWN arrow to switch Page 34 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML1998MV01 PROGRAM mode display Navigation view Avisible menu bar indicates the menu list is meni TRANSDUCER 714 parameter NO TRANSDUCER parameter too long to display all name Auber Items item band 5 The depth of the item 2 current item band on the menu bar ox indicates the length of the menu bar menu list deeper band indicates fewer items The position of the item band indicates the approximate position of the current item in the list A band filled halfway down the menu bar indicates the current item is halfway down 3 the list e 1 Parameter view Edit view menu in SENSOR 2 1 6 TRANSDUCER 21 6 which UNITS parameter NOTRANSDUCER parameter SENSOR MODE number 15 5 is located SENSOR MODE SECONDARY 005 10 TRANSDUCER 105 15 85 5 FREQUENCY ES parameter parameter name value selection Key functions in Measurement mode Key Function Result RIGH
213. lue ON Sets the material level defined in 2 1 1 Units at which the Low Level Alarm will activate Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 2 8 2 3 Low Level Value OFF Sets the material level defined in 2 1 1 Units at which the Low Level Alarm will de activate Values Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 Values 28 24 Assigned Relay Determines which relay if any will be activated when the Low Level Alarm activates NORELAY RELAY 1 Options RELAY 2 RELAY 3 28 25 Alarm State Read only Used to view the current state of the Low Level Alarm ACTIVE Options INACTIVE 2 83 Switch Discrete Input Alarm Reported when Discrete Input 28 32 Discrete Input Number is in a pre defined state 28 3 3 Discrete Input State 2 8 31 Enable Enables disables Switch Alarm ENABLED Options DISABLED 28 32 Discrete Input Number Determines which discrete input to monitor for Switch Alarm DISCRETE INPUT 1 Options DISCRETE INPUT 2 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 163 79 2 2 a Parameters 2 8 3 3 Discrete Input State Sets the state of the discrete input 28 3 2 Discrete Input Number that will cause the Switch Alarm to activate Options OFF 28 34 Assigned Relay De
214. m o o e 242 LOE Timeractivates if an error condition is detected Upon expiration of the timer the mA output value and the relay status default to values based on 247 Material Level e The fail safe 247 Material Level determines the mA output if the 242 LOE Timer expires and the device is still in an error condition If fail safe operation activates frequently see Diagnosing and Troubleshooting on page 229 Relays Relays are the primary controls of external devices such as pumps or alarms The SITRANS LUT400 comes with extensive control and alarm functions described below General introduction Three relays are provided on the SITRANS LUT400 Each relay may be independently assigned to one function one or more functions for alarms and has a corresponding status icon on the LCD SITRANS LUT400 1 2 LEVEL M Relay icons Relay 1 3 programmed Relay 2 not programmed Relay 1 active 1 0 1 Relay 3 inactive 1 3 I e LIH 5 SAVING PARAMETERS Discrete Input icons DI 1 2 programmed DI 1 off DI 20n con will not display for relay or DI that is not programmed Mode Function in normal state alarm alarm ON LCD icon ON relay coil de energized pump pump ON LCD icon ON relay coil energized miscellaneous contact closed LCD icon ON relay coil energized Relay contact operation is NORMALLY CLOSED for alarms and NORMALLY OPEN
215. manufacturer of the device e g 42 which refers to Siemens Device Id Read only Unique identification of the device by manufacturer and device type 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 215 9 2 2 a Parameters Product Id Read only Unique identification of the product by model number Device Revision Read only Device revision associated with a specific EDD EDD Revision Read only Revision of a specific EDD associated with the device Universal Command Revision Read only Revision of the Universal Device Description associated with the device Protocol Read only The communication protocol supported by the device Common Practice Command Revision Read only Revision of the set of HART common practice commands supported by the device Configuration Change Counter Read only Indicates the number of times the devices configuration or calibration has been changed by a host application or from a local operator interface Security Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 5 1 Write Protection A public password to prevent any changes to parameters via local push buttons remote communication or Windows based web browser Range 0 to 65535 Values Unlock value 2457 Lock Off Any other value Lock On e Lock On key in any value other than the U
216. ment 3 3 Maintenance Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 3 3 1 Transducer Enable Enables disables transducer trom taking measurements ENABLED DISABLED Options Set parameter to Disabled to stop transducer from measuring while calibration or maintenance work is performed Set to Enabled to restart measurements after calibration or maintenance complete Notes e An Echo Profile 3 2 1 cannot be requested from LUI when Transducer Enable 3 31 is set to DISABLED The local push button will not operate When Transducer Enable 3 3 1 is set to DISABLED the LOE fault will display immediately e f Transducer Enable 3 3 1 is set to DISABLED and power to the device is turned off Transducer Enable 3 3 1 will be reset to ENABLED when power is restored 79 2 2 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 203 Parameters 3 3 2 Backup Control LUlonly Determine source of configuration recovery file when sensor has been replaced No change required no fault displayed or oper DONE EE ation is complete Options FROM SENSOR Sensor parameters will be used as is and LUI will receive these parameters as backup FROM LUI Recovery of sensor parameters will come from LUI backup When sensor unit has been replaced fault code 132 is di
217. menu For details on the Wizards listed below see Quick Start Wizards on page 38 of Commissioning 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 137 Parameters 1 1 Quick Start 1 1 1 QS Level 1 1 2 QS Volume 1 1 3 QS Flow Available only on LUT430 Pump and Flow and LUT440 configured models 1 2 Pump Control Setup Notes See Local Commissioning page 33 or Operation via SIMATIC 6 HART on page 127 for instructions Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated e Values shown in the following tables can be entered via the local push buttons 2 1 Sensor 2 1 1 Units Determines sensor measurement units used when 2 1 2 Sensor Mode set to Level Space Distance or Head M CM MM FT IN Default M Options 2 12 Sensor Mode Menu number 272 visible on LUT420 Level model OR 2 1 3 Sensor Mode Menu number Z2 7 2 visible on LUT430 Pump and Flow model and LUT440 model Sets the type of measurement required for the application Options Mode Description Reference point x LEVEL Low Calibration Point process empty level SPACE Distance to material surface High Calibration Point process full level DISTANCE Sensor Reference Point VOLUME Volume of material in volumetric Low Calibration Point units based on level HEAD Distance to mat
218. mmunications manual Communication troubleshooting See Communication Troubleshooting on page 229 of Diagnosing and Troubleshooting 1 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 Page 126 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Remote operation SITRANS LUT400 supports several software tools for operation via remote communications e PC running SIMATIC PC running Emerson AMS Device Manager e PC running a web browser e PC running a Field Device Tool e Field Communicator 375 475 FC375 FC475 This section of the manual covers basic information required to use these tools with your SITRANS LUT400 Further details for each are available in the Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 See DVD shipped with device or download manual from product page of our website Go to www siemens com sitransLUT400 gt Technical Info gt Manuals Operating instructions Operation via SIMATIC PDM 6 HART SITRANS LUT400 compatible with PDM version 6 1 Features and Functions SIMATIC PDM is a software package used to commission and maintain SITRANS LUT400 and other process devices PDM monitors the process values alarms and status signals of the device It allows you to display compare adjust verify and simulate process device data also to set schedules for calibration and maintenance
219. mote LUI display lid Place the gasket inside the lid aligning the mounting holes Align the back of the remote display lid with the panel hole cut out Mark and drill four holes in the mounting surface for the four screws provided 2 Fasten with a screwdriver and wrench Note Recommended torque on fastening screws for good seal 11 10 in lbs Please note e Recommended mounting mount to panel up to 5 m from the device If alternate mounting surface is used it MUST be able to support four times the weight of the device Note Fasteners included M5 screw seal washer Mb flat washer and nut These fasteners are required to maintain IP65 rating on remote lid Pipe mount mounting back plate bolt 9 E TU saddle Note Pipe mount fasteners not included For a more detailed dimension drawing see S 7RAWS LUT400 Dimensions on page 253 E 2 5 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 13 Mounting the enclosure 1 Fasten the mounting back plate to the pipe using u bolts saddle clamps customer supplied suitable to pipe diameter 2 Fasten bolts with a wrench Do not over tighten so that plate becomes twisted or bent This may hinder ability to clip the LUT400 to the back plate 3 Fasten device to mounting back plate as described in step 3 of Wa mounting of the enclosure on page 11 Please note
220. n At rotating ON and OFF setpoints and allows ADB only one pump to run SERVICE RATIO 1 On service ratio at OFF setpoints and In ASSIST allows multiple pumps to run E On service ratio at ON and OFF setpoints and SRB allows only one pump to run FIXED DUTY At fixed ON and OFF setpoints and allows mul ASSIST FDA tiple pumps to run FIXED DUTY At fixed ON and OFF setpoints and allows only BACKUP FDB one pump to run Option available only on LUT430 LUT440 Each algorithm defines a pump duty and pump start method 2 1 1 6 ON Setpoint Pump 1 The level at which Pump 1 turns ON defined in 2 1 1 Units Values Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 This parameter is set according to level even when another reading such as volume is shown on the LCD 2 7 1 7 OFF Setpoint Pump 1 The level at which Pump 1 turns OFF defined in 2 1 1 Units Values Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 This parameter is set according to level even when another reading such as volume is shown on the LCD 2 7 1 8 ON Setpoint Pump 2 The level at which Pump 2 turns ON defined in 2 1 1 Units Values Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 This parameter is set according to level even when another reading such as volume is shown on the LCD Page 152 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985M
221. n Device Variable Code 0 Level 1 Space 2 Distance 3 Volume 4 Flow 5 Head PV Value in PV units Temperature Value in temperature units To clear entries when log memory becomes full see Viewing the Data Log on page 119 7 119985 01 SITRANS 1017400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 267 gt D gt LI T Notes m LI lt 268 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Appendix B Certificates and Support Certificates Certificates can be downloaded from the product page of our website at www siemens com sitransLUT400 Technical Support If you have any technical questions about the device described in these Operating Instructions and do not find the answers you can contact Customer Support e Via the Internet using the Support Request Support request http Awww siemens com automation support request e Phone e Europe 49 0 911 895 7222 e America 1 423 262 5710 e Asia Pacific 86 10 6475 7575 Further information about our technical support is available on the Internet at Technical support http support automation siemens com WW view en 16604318 Service amp Support on the Internet In addition to our documentation we offer a comprehensive knowledge base online on the Internet at Service amp Support ht
222. n is good device is out of action gt 53 Page 230 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 PDM Icon Priority Meaning Continued Level Data exchanged No data exchange Write access enabled 2 e Write access disabled a Lowest priority number equals highest fault severity General Fault Codes Notes ftwo faults are present at the same time the device status indicator and text for the highest priority fault will display Certain faults exist such as with a loss of echo LOE or a broken cable that when triggered cause the mA output to go to a fail safe reading see Fail Safe on page 143 and LUI to display dashes until fault is cleared These faults are indicated with an asterisk in the table below General Fault Codes Code Code LUI PDM Icon icon Meaning Corrective Action Loss of echo LOE The device was unable to get a measurement within the Fail safe LOE Timer period Possible causes faulty installation foaming other adverse process conditions invalid calibration range Ensure installation details are correct Adjust process conditions to minimize adverse conditions Correct range calibration f fault persists contact your local Sie mens representative Cable fault Broken cable Inspect attached cabling and any termi na
223. nded metal conduits When separate conduits are not possible synchronize the level monitors so that no device transmits while another is waiting for echo reception If more than one ultrasonic device is being installed in the same application the devices must be synchronized to prevent cross talk DISCRETE INPUTS 6 7 8 9 10 11 Other Siemens Transceiver 1 2 DC SYNC Synchronizing with another SITRANS LUT400 or other Siemens devices Other Siemens devices that can be synchronized with the SITRANS LUT400 DPL SPL XPL 1001 1002 LU10 LUC500 DPS300 HydroRanger 200 HydroRanger Plus EnviroRanger MiniRanger MultiRanger 100 200 e Mount the level monitors together in one cabinet e Use a power mains supply and ground earth for all devices e Interconnect the SYNC terminals of all level monitors For more information or assistance contact Siemens or your local distributor Go to Www siemens com processautomation 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 27 Discrete inputs The SITRANS LUT400 has a 24V power bias terminal 10 for use with the discrete inputs or the discrete inputs can be wired using external power DISCRETE INPUTS t DC SYNC 5 2 Sew a 29 20 zi 3 5 o gt 5 5 d Sax x isd gt
224. next level breakpoint 1 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 Page 150 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT Example values are for example purposes only Breakpoint Level number value Breakpoint rd Volume 4 195 Number value I m 3 al 9 1 0 0 2 7 5 2 5 500 a 0 3 3000 4 19 5 8000 2 6 8 Table 9 16 2 6 9 Table 17 24 2 6 10 Table 25 32 2 7 Pumps Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated For details on relay behaviour under fail safe conditions see Pump relays on page 66 2 7 1 Basic Setup 2 7 1 1 Pump Control Enable Enables disables pump control ENABLED Options DISABLED 24 12 Relay Pump 1 Selects the relay assigned to Pump f ae RELAY 2 ions d RELAY 3 2 24 13 Relay Pump 2 Selects the relay assigned to Pump 2 5 RELAY 2 Options m RELAY 3 2 7 1 4 Pump Control Mode Menu number 2714 visible on LUT420 Level model OR 24 15 Pump Control Mode Menu number 2715 visible on LUT430 Pump and Flow model and LUT440 OCM model 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 151 Parameters Sets the control algorithm used to trip the relay Options At rotating ON and OFF setpoints and allows ADA multiple pumps to ru
225. ng requirements 31 wiring 69 Identifications and Abbreviations display 249 list 271 distance calculation 262 in bounds 77 E inputs 249 echo profile installation hazardous area requirements 31 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 281 interlock pump 87 K key functions edit mode 37 L LCD display fast mode 201 measurement mode 34 38 PROGRAM mode 35 level alarms 76 LOE Fail safe Mode 261 loss of echo LOE 63 LUI 7 33 backup 225 commissioning 33 parameter reference 137 Quick Start wizards 38 M measurement difficulties 242 set up 63 setting up 63 single point 63 starting 63 mounting wall mount 12 multi drop mode 125 N Near Range explanation 259 noise problems 240 noise sources 241 0 OCM open channel monitoring 97 common parameters 98 cut throat 103 104 flow characterization chart 116 flow exponent support 100 H flume 115 Leopold Lagco flume 102 Palmer Bowlus flume 114 Parshall flume 101 rectangular flume 105 universal calculation 116 universal Parshall flume 117 universal trapezoidal flume 117 V Notch weir 106 107 109 110 111 112 weirs 100 zero head 99 operation single point 63 out of bounds 77 outputs 248 P parameter relays 67 parameters record temperatures 202 power 21 programmer handheld 35 programming 249 alarms 76 relays 64 pump alternate duty backup 81 85 discrete input 87 fault 87 interlock 87 off setpoint 81 82 83 84
226. ng the wet well just prior to the high cost period regardless of material level 27222 Peak Lead Time e Changing setpoints for high cost and low cost periods 272213 Peak ON Setpoint Pump 1 272214 Peak OFF Setpoint Pump 1 27223 Peak 1 Start Time 27224 Peak 1 End Time One peak lead time is shared by all five peak zones When one zone s peak time interval difference between peak start time and peak end time overlaps another zone s peak lead time the lead time is chosen over the interval If a zone s start time matches its end time the zone is treated as not configured 2 1 2 21 Enable Enables disables the Energy Savings feature The Energy Savings feature is used to minimize the pumping that occurs during periods of high energy cost DISABLED Wero ENABLED 24 222 PeakLead Time The time in minutes before the Peak Start Time that the SITRANS 107400 will begin pumping Range 0 to 65535 Values Default 60 This value determines when pumping should start to ensure the level is as far as possible from the 2776 ON Setpoint Pump 1 level If level is already within 5 of 277 Z FF Setpoint Pump 1 no action occurs If multiple pump stations are series linked ensure the Peak Lead Time entered is sufficient to attain the desired level in all stations before the high energy cost period occurs 24 223 Peak 1 Start Time Sets the start time of the high energy cost period 1 Range 00
227. nge 273 0 to 273 0 C 459 0 to 523 0 F Default 0 0 C 2 8 6 3 Low Temperature Value OFF Sets the material level defined in C at which the Low Temperature Alarm will de activate Values Range 273 0 to 273 0 C 459 0 to 523 0 F Default 0 0 C Values 28 64 Assigned Relay Determines which relay if any will be activated when the Low Temperature Alarm activates NO RELAY RELAY 1 RELAY 2 RELAY 3 Options 2 8 6 5 Alarm State Read only Used to view the current state of the Low Temperature Alarm ACTIVE INACTIVE Options High Temperature Alarm Reported when process temperature is within a user defined range see 2872 High Temperature Value ON 28 73 High Temperature Value OFF The temperature used for the alarm Is the same temperature used for sound velocity compensation see 2 12 1 3 Temperature Source Page 166 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 2 8 7 1 Enable Enables disables High Temperature Alarm ENABLED DISABLED Options 28 12 High Temperature Value ON Sets the temperature value defined in C at which the High Temperature Alarm will activate Range 273 0 to 4273 0 C 459 0 to 523 0 F Default 100 0 Values 2 8 7 3 High Temperature Value OFF Sets the material level defined in C at which the
228. nlock Value e To turn Lock Off key the Unlock Value 2457 Page 216 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 6 Language Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated Selects the language to be used on the LCD ENGLISH DEUTSCH FRANCAIS ESPANOL HPX Options Characteristics Certificates amp Approvals Device Certification The approvals certificates applicable to the device 9 2 oO 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 217 Parameters Alphabetical parameter list Note Maintenance Parameters are not listed below See Remaining Device Life on page 204 Remaining Sensor Life on page 206 Service Schedule on page 209 and Calibration Schedule on page 211 for these parameters Parameter Name Parameter Number Page Number 4 mA Setpoint 253 146 20 mA Setpoint 2 5 4 146 Activation Time 211 2 2 176 Alarm Log 2 10 2 174 Alarm State 2 81 5 High Level Alarm 2 81 162 Alarm State 2 810 5 Low Hlowrate Alarm 2 810 169 Alarm State 2 8 2 5 Low LevelAlarm 2 8 2 163 Alarm State 2 8 3 5 Switch Discrete Input Alarm 2 8 3 164 Alarm State 2 8 4 5
229. ns com processautomation Under Weighing Technology select Continuous Weighing Systems and then go to the manual archive listed under the product family Siemens AG 2012 Table of Contents Table of Contents rore rate secta tot cte et uei rade tui cen i Introduction ruere tme retten ertet 1 P 1 Manual symbols EN Application examples 1 Change History 2 Sensor no dE RRR 2 2 Safety Notes cae 3 Safety marking symbols FCC Conformity CE Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Conformity ees 4 aigue ME 7 OVENI W in Sal Lea ieee 7 e 7 Models ae numi 8 Approvals and Certificates essent 8 Installing and Mounting esee Mounting locations epe Mounting instructions Wall or panel mount Remote mounted lid isset ttttnnntttnnnnas 12 Pipe mollit e ire ied 13 DIN rail mount 15 Preparation for cable entry 16 Cable routed
230. nt among the pumps 2719 OFF Setpoint Pump 2 0 3m Sets the level at which pump 2 turns off Description Parameter Set Relays to FIXED DUTY ASSIST FDA 29 Parameter Value Description 2715 Pump Control Mode FDA Sets the control algorithm used to trip the pump relay to FIXED DUTY ASSIST Multiple pumps can run simultaneously Set the ON Setpoints Sample Value 2716 ON Setpoint Pump 13 Sets the level at which pump 1 turns on 2718 ON Setpoint Pump 2 12 Sets the level at which pump 2 turns Parameter Description Set the OFF Setpoints Sample Value 2717 OFF Setpoint Pump 1 04m Sets the level at which pump 1 turns off 2719 OFF Setpoint Pump2 0 3m Sets the level at which pump 2 turns off Parameter Description Page 82 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Set Relays to FIXED DUTY BACKUP FDB Parameter Value Description 2715 Pump Control Mode FDB Sets the control algorithm used to trip the pump relay to FIXED DUTY BACKUP Only one pump can run at a time Set the ON Setpoints Sample 2716 ON Setpoint Pump 13 Sets the level at which pump 1 turns on 2718 ON Setpoint Pump2 12 Sets the level at which pump 2 turns Parameter Description Set the OFF Setpoints Sample Value 2717 OFF Setpoint Pump 1 04m Sets the level at which pump 1 turns off 2719 OFF Setpoint
231. ntact Siemens representative Page 244 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Transducer Ringing If the transducer is mounted too tightly or if itis mounted so that its side touches something such as a vessel wall or standpipe its resonance characteristics change and this can cause problems Hand tighten only PTFE tape is not recommended as it reduces friction resulting in a tighter connection that can lead to ringing Normal Ring Down ring down z echo profile TVT curve time of correct echo Poor Ring Down ring down echo profile VT curve time of correct echo Ring down times that extend past the near range area can be interpreted by the SITRANS LUT400 as the material level and are characterized by a steady high level being reported Echo Profile Display To assist in troubleshooting echo profiles pan and zoom options are available See Requesting an Echo Profile on page 57 Trend Display A trend display is available with pan and zoom options See Trends on page 118 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 245 o a 3 Notes N lt z 2 246 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Technical Data Power AC model 100 230 V AC 15 50 60 Hz 36 10W Fuse 5 x 20 mm Slow Blow 0 25A 250V DC model
232. o Selection Time Varying Threshold Algorithm Confidence Echo Threshold pepe piene Figure of Ey oO o 2 8 Shaper Mode and Auto False Echo 258 Measurement Range 259 Measurement Response 260 Damping Analog Output e Current Output Function 2 6 1 2 0 1 12221 00000 261 Loss of Echo LOE Bs Fail safe Mode iunii ata eie e E 261 Distance Calculation thes N sec dele ned 262 Sound Velocity 262 Volume Calculation 263 Pump Totalizers 264 Inflow Discharge Adjust 264 Flow Calculation 265 Method of Flow Calculation 266 Data MC 267 Appendix Certificates and Support e 269 Certificates 269 Technical Support 222 269 Service amp Support on the Internet eset 269 Additional Support eoe dedu ted e it 269 List of Abbreviations vi Introduction The Manual Notes This productis intended for use in ind
233. o a second LUT400 to transfer parameters When the remote lid is connected to a second device a fault code is displayed to note that the LUI backup file does not match the configuration file in the sensor You can then use the Backup Control parameter to specify that sensor parameters be copied from the LUI backup to the device see Backup Control 3 3 2 on page 204 m 5 z 5 D 5 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 225 Replacing the Battery The battery BR2032 has a life expectancy of ten years and is affected by ambient temperature If the device loses external power the battery will maintain the SITRANS LUT400 s Real Time Clock date and time until power is restored The flash memory is updated constantly Therefore data logs are unaffected by the loss of power WARNING Disconnect power before replacing the battery Notes e To replace remove the existing battery from the holder as shown below and reinstall replacement battery BR2032 e Battery Type Lithium metal coin cell Battery Chemistry solid cathode Carbon Monofluoride Dispose of battery in an environmentally safe manner and according to local regulations 1 Open the enclosure lid 2 Slide the end of a screwdriver under the lip of the plastic battery cover and lift cover with fingers Do not press back on fold 3 While holding cover in raised position place end of screwdriver at an angle in
234. o and is evaluated Range 20 to 128 Values Default 5 Use this feature when an incorrect material level is reported 2 12 23 Reform Echo Smooth jagged peaks in the echo profile Range 0 to 50 intervals greater wider Default 0 Values one interval span of 24 5 micro seconds Use this feature when monitoring solids if the reported level fluctuates slightly though the monitored surface is still Enter the amount in ms of Echo Profile smoothing required When a value is keyed in the nearest acceptable value is entered 2 12 24 Narrow Echo Filter Filters out echoes of a specific width Range 0 to 14 intervals greater wider Values Default 2 one interval span of 24 5 micro seconds Use this for transducer acoustic beam interference e g ladder rungs Enter the width of false echoes in groups of 25 ms to be removed from the Echo Profile For example select value of 3 to remove 75 ms 3 x 25 ms of false echos from the profile When a value is keyed in the nearest acceptable value is entered 2 12 25 Submergence Detection Enables disables submergence detection Enabled Values Disabled Submergence Detection Shield must first be installed on transducer When this parameter is enabled and the transducer becomes submerged fault code 26 is displayed see General Fault Codes on page 231 mA output
235. o corresponding caution symbol on the product 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 3 Safety Notes FCC Conformity US Installations only Federal Communications Commission FCC rules WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Siemens could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Notes This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference to radio communications in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense CE Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Conformity This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the following EMC Standards EMC Standard Title CISPR 11 2004 EN 55011 2009 CLASS A Limits and methods of measurements of radio isturbance characteristics of industrial scientific EN 61326 1 2006 IEC 61326 1 2005 d and medical ISM radio frequency equipment E ectrical Equipment
236. of foaming Use stilling well Use an external temperature sen sor See Temperature Source 2 12 1 3 on page 180 Faulty temperature sensor Verify operation Replace if required or use fixed temperature See Temperature Source 2 12 1 3 on page 180 Vapours If fluctuation is unacceptable con sider an alternative technology Contact your Siemens representa tive 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 235 z o a 2 E z 2 Symptom Reading is fixed but material level changes or reading does not fol low material level Cause Incorrect speed of response Action Verify response speed setting is adequate for process See Response Rate set in the Quick Start Wizard Loss of Echo condition LOE Check Noise Echo Strength Con fidence See Echo Quality 3 2 9 on page 202 Check LOE Timer is not set too short See LOE Timer 2 4 2 on page 144 Agitator blade stopped in front of transducer false echo Ensure agitator is running Foam on surface of material Eliminate source of foaming Use stilling well Incorrect Algorithm used Set algorithm to default If no improvement try a different algo rithm See Algorithm 2 12 2 1 on page 181 Transducer mounting wrong location or incorrectly mounted Ensure beam has a clear path to material
237. ogging ENABLED DISABLED Options 2 10 1 2 Process Values Log Rate Sets Process Value PV Logging rate in minutes Range 1 to 1440 Default 1 Values 2 10 2 Alarm Log 2 10 2 1 Enable Enables disables Alarm Logging ENABLED Options DISABLED 2 10 3 Flow Log Available only on LUT430 Pump and Flow model and LUT440 OCM model Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 2 10 3 1 Flow Log Mode Menu number 270 37 visible on LUT430 Pump and Flow model OR 2 10 3 2 Flow Log Mode Menu number 2 70 3 2 visible LUT440 OCM model Sets flow log mode OFF FIXED RATE Options VARIABLE PERCENTAGE MAX FLOW MIN VARIABLE PERCENTAGE MAX FLOW VARIABLE PERCENTAGE MAX HEAD Option available only for LUT440 2 10 3 3 Standard Flow Log Interval Sets standard flow log interval in minutes when 2 10 3 1 Flow Log Mode set to a fixed or variable rate Range 1 to 1440 Default 1 Values Page 174 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT 2 10 34 Standard Flow Log Setpoint Sets standard flow setpoint as a percent based on flow log mode when 2103 1 Log Mode set to a variable rate Range 0 000 to 110 000 Default 0 000 Values 2 10 35 Rapid Flow Log Interval Sets rapid
238. olume of material that is pumped out of the wet well Readings When using volume readings are given in units specified in 262 Volume Units Vessel Shape and Dimensions There are many common vessel shapes to select from See 267 Vesse Shape If possible use one of these Each vessel shape uses the227 Low Calibration Pointin its calculations of volume Some vessel shapes also require extra dimensions to calculate the volume Do not estimate these values They must be correct to ensure the accuracy of your volume calculations Example 3 To configure volume for a vessel with half sphere bottom set Dimension X 7 the following Parameter Sample Description Value 261 Vessel Shape HALFSPHERE selects the correct vessel shape BOTTOM 263 Maximum Volume 100 sets maximum volume at 100 defined in 262 Volume Units 264 Dimension A 13 sets dimension A to 1 3 m Notes e default reading changes to a range from 0 to 100 e process empty value is still measured to the bottom of the vessel 227 Low Calibration Point plus any 225 Far Range value not the top of Dimension A Characterization chart If you cannot use a pre defined vessel then use one of the universal vessel shapes and program the characterization curve 1 Plot a volume to height chart Usually a vessel supplier will provide this chart However if you have a custom built vessel then you will need access to complete drawings of the well or accu
239. om enclosure base 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 249 gt gt D o 8 Mechanical Enclosure e 144 mm 5 7 x 144 mm 5 7 x 146 mm 5 75 P65 Type NEMA 4X e Polycarbonate Note Use only approved suitable size hubs in the enclosure s conduit holes that maintain the applicable IP Type NEMA rating Remote Display Lid 144 mm 5 7 x 144 mm 5 7 x 22 mm 0 87 e P65 Type 3 NEMA 3 e Polycarbonate Operational up to 5 m from enclosure base Blank Lid 144 mm 5 7 144 mm 5 7 x 22 mm 0 87 e P65 Type 4X NEMA 4X Polycarbonate WARNINGS e Ingress protection of the enclosure is reduced to IP20 and Type 4X NEMA 4X rating is void when cable entry knock out in the blank lid is removed e Anenclosure reduced to IP20 rating and intended for use in non hazardous locations must be installed in an indoor location free of dust and moisture or be installed in a suitably rated field enclosure IP54 or better Back Mount Bracket 190 mm 7 5 x 190 mm 7 5 x 9 mm 0 35 e Polycarbonate Weight Enclosure with display lid 1 3 kg 2 87 Ibs e Enclosure with blank lid 1 2 kg 2 65 Ibs Environmental Location Indoor outdoor only suitable for outdoor use with IP65 Type 4X NEMA 4X Enclosure Page 250 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INS
240. on Launch SIMATIC PDM Manage Device Catalog browse to and select the folder which contains the unzipped EDD file a Li S 128 SITRANS 101400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Operation via Web Browser USB Features and Functions The web browser interface in SITRANS LUT400 designed to work with Windows XP makes monitoring and adjustments easy Internet Explorer installed on a computer can be used to configure the SITRANS LUT400 and the Web Server Adyssis supplied for your convenience The web browser is available in English only SITRANS LUT400 parameters organized into six main function groups allow you to configure and monitor the device e Identification e e Maintenance and Diagnostics e Communication e Security e Language Startup and Configuration To startup the SITRANS LUT400 using the Web Browser you must first install the USB driver and web browser interface On the small DVD shipped with the device you will find the driver and installation software Once installed the communication port COMPORT must be set then you can configure the device via the browser menu parameters The menu structure for the web browser interface is almost identical to that of the LCD See Browser Menu Parameter Function Groups in the LUT400 Communications manual for a complete list of parameters that can be configured via the web browser For insta
241. onic transducer Note Use a TS 3 Temperature Sensor only Leave terminals open unused if TS 3 is not deployed 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 23 Relays Relay contacts are shown in the de energized position All relays can be configured as positive or negative logic see 2 8 11 Relay Logic RELAYS 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Ge uH RLY 1 RLY2 RLY3 Relay Ratings Form NO or NC relay relay 1 1A at 250 V AC non inductive 3A at 30 V DC e Form A NO relays relays 2 3 5A at 250 V AC non inductive 3A at 30 V DC Communications Power Failure Relays 2 3 are normally open Relay 1 can be wired either normally open or normally closed In the event of loss of input power relays will revert to their normal states The USB port and the 4 to 20 mA HART terminal block terminal numbers 22 23 and 24 are located inside the enclosure of the device TS 3 TRANSDUCER DISCRETE INPUTS gt 1 2 0 5 0 25 260 v W m TO OTHER 100 2300 SIEMENS TO TRANSDUCER mA OUT HART 18 19 20 21 RLY 3 15 16 17 RLY 1 RLY 2 4to 20 mA Hart connection UNIT DISPLAY BATTERY BR2032 USB cable connection Page 24 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERAT
242. or retrieved via USB port Enable data logging for a Process Value an Alarm or for Flow see 270 Data Logging on page 173 For flow the logging rate can be fixed or variable The latter being useful in conserving logging space The condition for variable logging is determined when selecting the logging rate Variable logging rate conditions are categorized as percent change of flow per minute percent change of maximum flow or percent change of maximum head Logging occurs at the normal slower rate while the condition is less than the setpoint 270 26 Rapid Flow Log Setpoint f the condition exceeds the rapid flow log setpoint the rapid rate of logging takes effect until the condition falls below the standard flow log setpoint 27034 Standard Flow Log Setpoint The setpoints represent the absolute value of the rate of change that is for either increasing or decreasing flowrate The SITRANS LUT400 does not recognize negative entries for standard or rapid flow log setpoints Flow data is logged in flowrate units with full resolution of flow measurement value from 0 to 110 of maximum flow Flows above 110 are logged at the 110 value in flowrate units Truncation of flows to 110 does not apply to daily totalization Viewing the Data Log To view the data log navigate to 2 Maintenance and Diagnostics gt 32 Diagnostics gt 326 View Logs and select the desired log Alarms OCM PV or Daily Totals E
243. ot occur during simulation if 24 2 Pump Activationsis set to Disabled If pumps are set to run during simulation the material pumped will be totalized 2737 Running Totalizer e External Sampler The external sampler if configured will click at its timeout interval when in simulation mode see 2774 3 nterval Pump relay behaviour during simulation The 243 Pump Activations parameter allows you to choose how the physical relays that are assigned to pumps will behave when in simulation mode This parameter has two possible values Disabled Pump relays are not activated in simulation default value Enabled Pump relays are activated in simulation If 3 43 Pump Activations is Disabled only the LCD indicators are affected the corresponding relay icons will turn ON but the relays will not energize If 24 2 Pump Activations is Enabled the relay icons will turn ON and the relays will energize E gt a WARNING Select Enabled only when there is no possibility of the pumps e being damaged during simulation or if the pumps have been locally disabled through some other means Notes e fthe pump relays are configured to physically activate in simulation mode then any time activated will be recorded in the pump Run Time parameter see Pump Records on page 202 e start delay has been programmed for the device 27247 Delay Between Starts it will be respected in Simu
244. ove to the next menu item in the direction of the arrow Press and hold any arrow key to scroll through a list of options or menus in the direction of the arrow Key Name Menu level Function UP or DOWN Scroll to previous or next menu or A menu or parameter arrow parameter men Go to first parameter in the selected RIGHT arrow menu or open next menu parameter Open Edit mode LEFT arrow menu or parameter parent menu Page 36 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML1998MV01 Editing in PROGRAM mode Selecting a listed option a b Navigate to the desired parameter Press RIGHT arrow to open Edit mode The current selection is highlighted Scroll to a new selection Press RIGHT arrow gt to accept it The LCD returns to parameter view and displays the new selection Changing a numeric value Navigate to the desired parameter When selected the current value is displayed Press RIGHT arrow to open Edit mode The cursor position is highlighted Use LEFT lt q and RIGHT arrow to move cursor to digit position you wish to change As each digit is highlighted selected name parameter name parameter number current value parameter CALIBRATION LOW CALIB HIGH CALIB PT SENSOR OFFSET NEAR RANGE FAR RANGE 2 number 21 current value LOW CALIB PT
245. ow 2 Connect the white and black transducer wires to the SITRANS LUT400 Record the average noise 3 Remove the positive wire of the transducer Record the average noise 4 Re connect the positive wire and remove the negative wire Record the average noise Using the table below determine the appropriate next step The terms higher lower and unchanged refer to the noise recorded in the previous steps These are guidelines only If the suggested solution does not solve the problem try the other options also removed removed Go to higher higher Reducing Electrical Noise unchanged Common Wiring Problems lower Reducing Acoustical Noise unchanged higher Reducing Electrical Noise 2 unchanged Contact Siemens representative lower Reducing Acoustical Noise lower higher Common Wiring Problems unchanged Common Wiring Problems lower Reducing Acoustical Noise Page 240 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Acoustical Noise To confirm that the problem is acoustical place several layers of cardboard over the face of the transducer If the noise is reduced the noise is definitely acoustical Non Transducer Noise Sources z o a a Remove all input and output cables from the SITRANS LUT400 individually while monitoring the noise If removing a cable reduces the noise that cable may be picking up noise from adjacent electrical equipment Check that low vol
246. parately or concurrently Level simulation In level simulation the LCD reacts to the simulated level changes and activates relays based on the setpoints programmed The material level can be set to continuously sweep through the measurement range from Low Calibration Point to High Calibration Point and back again using 34 3 Ramp 3414 Ramp Rate or the material level can be held at a specific value using 2472 Level Value Discrete Input simulation When discrete inputs are simulated the DI icon on the LCD will show the simulated states of the discrete inputs Any programming that uses the discrete inputs such as the backup level override will use the simulated values In simulation mode some of the LUT400 s configured functionality will respond to the simulated value including e Readings that are based Level The LUT400 supports simulation of Level values only Other simulated values cannot be entered however these values will be calculated correctly when Level is simulated Space Distance Volume Flow and Head will be calculated see Sensor Mode 21 2 on page 138 e Themilliamp output The current loop output will also track the corresponding reading Level Space Distance Volume Flow or Head depending on which of these it is configured to track See Current Output Function 2 5 1 on page 144 e Alarms Any alarms that have been configured incl
247. port and click on Application Guides SIMATIC PDM This software package is designed to permit easy configuration monitoring and troubleshooting of HART devices The HART EDD for SITRANS LUT400 was written with SIMATIC PDM in mind and has been extensively tested with this software For more information see Operation via SIMATIC PDM 6 HART on page 127 HART Electronic Device Description EDD In order to configure a HART device the configuration software requires the HART Electronic Device Description for the instrument in question You can download the HART EDD for SITRANS LUT400 from the product page of our website Go to www siemens com sitransLUT400 and click on Support gt Software Downloads Older versions of the library will have to be updated in order to use all the features of SITRANS LUT400 HART Status Information on HART Status is outlined in an application guide Working with HART which can be downloaded from the product page of our website Go to www siemens com sitransLUT400 under Support and click on Application Guides 5 i a 5 LUT400 Communication connections The SITRANS LUT400 can be connected to a computer system via a HART modem connected to the mA OUT HART terminal block or directly connected via a Universal Serial Bus USB cable for use with the Web Browser interface A HART network requires a device address be configured For communications
248. pression and Auto False Echo Suppression Range during startup if possible e All other tuning and filter adjustments such as 2 224 Narrow Echo Filter 21223 Reform Echo 2123 3 Hover Level etc should be completed prior to using Auto False Echo Suppression to ensure that the learned profile is representative a Determine Auto False Echo Suppression Range Measure the actual distance from the sensor reference point to the material surface using a rope or tape measure Subtract 0 5 m 20 from this distance and use the resulting value To set Auto False Echo Suppression via SIMATIC PDM Open the menu Device Echo Profile Utilities and click on the tab Auto False Echo Suppression For more detailed instructions see Auto False Echo Suppression in LUT400 79 2 Communications manual 1 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 183 Parameters To set Auto False Echo Suppression via the local push buttons Options JON Learned TVT will be used OFF Default TVT will be used LEARN Learn the TVT c d e Navigate to Setup 2 gt Signal Processing 2 12 gt TVT Setup 2 12 3 gt Auto False Echo Suppression Range 2 12 3 2 and enter the value calculated in step b Navigate to Setup 2 gt Signal Processing 212 gt Set
249. r almost empty m 9 LI The device learns the echo profile over the whole measurement range and the TVT is shaped around all echoes present at that moment Page 258 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Auto False Echo Suppression Range must be set to a distance shorter than the distance to the material level when the environment was learned to avoid the material echo being screened out Example before Auto False Echo Suppression sensor reference point High Cal Pt 1m Obstruction at 13 m default false material level at 31 m Low Cal Pt 45 Auto False Echo Auto False Echo o3 Suppression Range Suppression i default Range set to 20 m material 2 echo x cho marker 0 10 20 30 40 Distance m x Measurement Range Near Range Near Range 2 2 4 programs SITRANS LUT400 to ignore the area in front of the transducer The default blanking distance is 27 8 cm 0 91 ft from the sensor reference point gt gt LI 2 zo Near Range allows you to increase the blanking value from its factory default But Shaper Mode 2 12 3 4 is generally recommended in preference to extending the blanking distance from factory values Far Range Far Range 2 2 5 can be used in applications where
250. r this is the parameter access number via the local display See Parameter reference LUI on page 137 for a complete list of parameters Principles of Operation The SITRANS LUT400 is a high quality ultrasonic controller configured to meet the needs of different applications from medium range solids applications to liquids management with open channel measurement capability The LUT400 features our next generation of Sonic Intelligence advanced echo processing software for increased reading reliability Process Variables The Primary Variable PV is one of six process variables and is set in 257 Current Output Function Level difference between material level and Low Calibration Point e Space difference between material level and High Calibration Point Distance difference between material level and sensor reference point Head difference between liquid level and Zero Head e Volume volume of material based on level Flow flowrate an open channel based on head Transmit Pulse The transmit pulse consists of one or more electrical shot pulses which are supplied to the transducer connected to the SITRANS LUT400 terminals The transducer fires an acoustic shot for each electrical pulse supplied After each shot is fired sufficient time is provided for echo shot reflection reception before the next if applicable shot is fired After all shots of the transmit pulse are fired the resultant echoes a
251. r ON and OFF while monitoring the effect to pick up the true echo 2 12 4 TVT Shaper Adjusts the TVT Time Varying Threshold at a specified range breakpoint on the TVT This allows you to reshape the TVT to avoid unwanted echoes There are 40 breakpoints arranged in 5 groups We recommend using SIMATIC PDM to access this feature Page 184 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 To use TVT shaper via SIMATIC PDM a Openthe menu Device Echo Profile Utilities and click on TVT Shaper For more details see 7V7 Shaperin LUT400 Communications manual To use TVT shaper via local push buttons a Navigate to Setup 2 gt Signal Processing 2 12 gt TVT Setup 212 3 gt Shaper Mode 2 12 3 4 and select ON b From the TVT Setup menu LEFT ARROW to the Signal Processing menu and DOWN ARROW to TVT Shaper RIGHT ARROW to enter the TVT Shaper menu and RIGHT ARROW to edit Breakpoint 1 8 2 12 4 1 c OpenTVT Breakpoint 1 enter the TVT Offset value between 50 and 50 d Gotothe next TVT Breakpoint and repeat steps c and d till all desired breakpoint values have been entered 2124 1 Breakpoint 1 8 Range 50 to 50 dB Values Default 0 dB 21242 Breakpoint 9 16 Range 50 to 50 dB Values Default 0 dB 2 12 4 3 Breakpoint 17 24 Range 50 to 50 dB Values Default 0 dB 2 1244 Breakpoint 25 32 Range 50 to 50 dB Values Default 0 dB 2
252. rate measurements 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 73 E gt i E a 2 Enter the curve values from this chart into level and volume breakpoint tables see 264 Table 1 6 Note If breakpoints are entered via LUI then an upload is performed via PDM a second upload via PDM may be necessary to transfer the breakpoint values 3 Ensure extra points are added around sharp transitions in the vessel volume e g steps in a well wall Note The end points in the curve are 0 0 fixed and the point defined by Maximum Level and Maximum Volume Example chart with 15 of possible 32 Level and Volume breakpoints defined MAX VOLUME E 5 5 00 LEVEL MAX LEVEL Breakpoints Parameter Value Description 26 71 Level 1 0 0 Level 2 0 8 Level 3 2 0 Level 4 3 5 Level 5 41 Level 6 47 Level 7 51 Determines the Level breakpoints at which Level 8 5 2 the volumes are known Level 9 5 3 Level 10 54 Level 11 5 5 Level 12 5 6 Level 13 6 0 Level 14 72 Level 15 9 0 Page 74 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Parameter Value Description 2672 Volume 1 0 0 Volume 2 21 Volume 3 40 Determines the volumes which correspond to the level breakpoints The universal Volume 4 5 6 calc
253. rations Units hours days years Values Range 0 000 to 20 000 years Default 1 000 year a Units are selectable only via SIMATIC PDM PACTware FDT and AMS 3 3 6 2 Time Last Calibration Time elapsed since last calibration Can be reset to zero after performing a calibration To reset to zero In SIMATIC open the menu Device Maintenance click on the Calibration Schedule tab and click on Calibration Performed to re start the timer and clear any fault messages Via the local push buttons navigate to Maintenance and Diagnostics 3 gt Maintenance 3 3 gt Calibration Schedule 3 3 6 gt Time Last Calibration 3 3 6 2 and set to zero 3 3 6 3 Time Next Calibration Read only Calibration Interval 336 1 less Time Last Calibration 3 3 6 2 1 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 Page 212 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 3 3 6 4 Reminder Activation Note To modify this parameter via SIMATIC PDM it must be accessed via the pull down menu Device Maintenance Allows you to enable a maintenance reminder TIMER OFF ON NO LIMITS no reminders checked Values ON REMINDER 1 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED checked ON REMINDER 1 AND 2 checked ON REMINDER 2 MAINTENANCE DEMANDED checked a First set the values in Reminder 1 before Calibration Required 3 3 6 5 Reminder 2 before Calibration
254. re must be shielded twisted pair See the installation section for specifications Reducing Electrical Noise e Ensurethatthe transducer cable does not run parallel to other cables carrying high voltage or current e Mowe the transducer cable away from noise generators like variable speed drives e Putthe transducer cable in grounded metal conduit e Filter the noise source e grounding 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 241 Reducing Acoustical Noise e the transducer away from the noise source e Usea stilling well e Install a rubber or foam bushing or gasket between the transducer and the mounting surface e Relocate or insulate the noise source e the frequency of the noise Ultrasonic devices are sensitive to noise in the frequency range of the transducer employed e Check that transducer is not mounted too tightly only hand tight Measurement Difficulties If the 242 LOE Timer expires due to a measurement difficulty the 24 3 Fail Safe mA Value displays In rare cases the SITRANS LUT400 may lock on to a false echo and report a fixed or wrong reading C E z 2 Loss of Echo LOE The 243 Fail Safe mA Value displays seen 25 8 Current Output Value when the echo confidence is below the threshold value set in 2 222 cho Threshold LOE occurs when e is lost and no echo is shown above the
255. re processed The transmit pulse frequency duration delay and associated measurement range are defined by parameters in the Setup menu see Setup on page 138 Echo Processing SITRANS LUT400 uses next generation Sonic Intelligence for echo processing gt gt LI zo T Next generation Sonic Intelligence provides adaptive digital filtering of the transducer signal For example when noise levels are high filters are adjusted to maximize the signal to noise ratio This advanced Sonic Intelligence not only allows for better filtering but provides improved tracking of echos and more sophisticated echo positioning algorithms Echo processing consists of echo enhancement true echo selection and selected echo verification Echo enhancement is achieved by filtering 27224 Narrow Echo Filter and reforming 21223 Reform Echo the echo profile 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 255 True echo selection selection of echo reflected by the intended target occurs when that portion of the echo profile meets the evaluation criteria of Sonic Intelligence Insignificant portions of the echo profile outside of the measurement range 227 Low Calibration Point below the curve 2724 Shaper are automatically disregarded The remaining portions of the Echo Profile are evaluated using the echo select algorithm 27227 A gorithm and the Echo Profile portion p
256. re the SITRANS LUT400 A Pump Control Wizard is also available Other features include Echo Profile viewing TVT setup Process Variables monitoring and Security Parameters organized into three main function groups allow you to configure and monitor the device e Configure Setup e Device Diagnostics read only Process Variables read only For a chart of the AMS Menu Structure see LUT400 Communications manual Startup and Configuration To startup the SITRANS LUT400 using AMS Device Manager you must first install the EDD see below You can then configure the device using the Quick Start Wizards in AMS For more information on AMS functions and details on how to configure the device using AMS refer to the LUT400 Communications manual Electronic Device Description EDD SITRANS LUT400 requires the EDD for AMS Device Manager version 10 5 You can locate the EDD in Device Catalog under Sensors Level Echo Siemens SITRANS LUT400 Check the product page of our website at www siemens com sitransL UT400 under Support gt Software Downloads to make sure you have the latest version of the EDD for AMS Device Manager 1 The menu structure for AMS Device Manager is almost identical to that of the LCD 2 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 131 Notes e Li z o 132 SITRANS 10
257. referred to 1 uV rms Echo Profile a graphical display of a processed echo false echo any echo which is not the echo from the desired target Generally false echoes are created by vessel obstructions far range the distance below the zero percent or empty point in a vessel figure of merit combines noise level tracking quality and signal strength to measure the quality of the reported echo value 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 279 frequency the number of periods occurring per unit time Frequency may be stated in cycles per second Hertz Hz unit of frequency one cycle per second 1 Gigahertz GHz is equal to 10 Hz HART Highway Addressable Remote Transducer An open communication protocol used to address field devices multiple echoes secondary echoes that appear as double triple or quadruple echoes in the distance from the target echo parameters in programming variables that are given constant values for specific purposes or processes range distance between a transducer and a target shot one transmit pulse or measurement speed of sound the speed at which sound is propagated through some medium under specified conditions stillpipe a pipe that is mounted inside a vessel parallel to the vessel wall and is open to the vessel at the bottom stilling well see stillpipe TVT time varying threshold a time varying curve that determines the threshold level above
258. resumption When this delay expires other pumps will start as per 27247Delay Between Starts 2 7 3 Totalizers Available only on LUT430 Pump and Flow model and LUT440 OCM model Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 2 1 31 Running Totalizer Current pumped volume totalizer value in 26 2 Volume Units Range 0 00 to 999999999 Default 0 00 Values Pumped volume is automatically calculated whenever both Volume and Pumps are configured 27 3 2 Totalizer Decimal Position Sets the maximum number of decimal places to be displayed on the LCD NO DIGITS No digits after the decimal position 1 DIGIT 1 digit after the decimal point Options 2 DIGITS 2 digits after the decimal point 3 DIGITS 3 digits after the decimal point Page 160 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT 27 3 3 Totalizer Multiplier Use this feature if the LCD Total increments by an amount that is too large or too small 001 01 1 1 10 Options 100 1000 10 000 100 000 1 000 000 10 000 000 Enter the factor by which actual volume is divided prior to display on LCD Use a value such that the nine digit totalizer doesn t roll over between readings Example For an LCD Total display in 1000s of volume units enter 1000 n this example 1
259. rom the string be owthe parameter value c To escape without saving your changes press LEFT arrow continually until ESC is highlighted Press LEFT arrow again to escape without saving changes Otherwise when new parameter value is correct press RIGHT arrow continually until OK is highlighted d Press RIGHT arrow to accept the new value The LCD returns to parameter view and displays the new selection Review for accuracy 79 2 Special Characters Character Description Function colon enters colon in text string space enters space in text string slash enters slash in text string hyphen enters hyphen in text string underscore enters underscore in text string 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 187 Parameters Character Description Function 54 X in box deletes highlighted character in text string I brake inserts space between two characters in text string lim 1 ited to one space between characters retira arrow ke deletes characters including currently highlighted charac ter to end of text string 2 14 1 Date Date is the current date in the format YYYY MM DD Values Range 1900 01 01 to 2155 12 31 2 142 Time Time is the current time in 24 hour format HH MMI SS Values Range 00 00 00 to 23 59 59 A value for seconds SS is optional If a
260. roviding the best echo confidence 2292 Confidence is selected A confidence value is a static test of a single snapshot profile so to maintain a valid reading it imposes that each individual profile show its peak above the threshold The window may be locked on the profile for hours or days so if the profile drops below the TVT curve just once a loss of echo may occur The SITRANS LUT400 with it s advanced tracking ability can find and track the real echo amongst stationary clutter echoes Therefore even if the echo drops below the tvt curve it can be identified with near certainty for approximately 30 seconds This capability is measured by the 2297 Figure of Selected echo verification is automatic The position relation in time after transmit of the new echo is compared to that of the previously accepted echo When the new echo is within the Echo Lock Window it is accepted and displays outputs and relays are updated If the new echo is outside of the Window it is not accepted until Echo Lock requirements are satisfied Echo Selection Time Varying Threshold TVT A TVT curve describes a threshold below which any echoes will be ignored The default TVT curve is used until 27237 Auto False Echo Suppression and 21232 Auto False Echo Suppression Range are used to create a new learned curve hovers above the echo profile to screen out unwanted reflections false 5 echoes de
261. s Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Value Default 0 000 OFF Setpoint Pump 1 The level at which Pump 1 turns OFF defined in 21 1 Units Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Value 2 Default 0 000 2 OFF Setpoint Pump 2 The level at which Pump 2 turns OFF defined in 21 1 Units Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 Value End of Wizard Pump Control For Wizard to be successful all changes must be applied BACK CANCEL FINISH Display returns to Pump Control menu when Wizard Options is successfully completed or cancelled If CANCEL is selected no changes are written to the device To transfer values to the device and return to Program menu press DOWN arrow W Finish Then press LEFT arrow lt two times to return to Measurement mode Page 56 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML1998MV01 Requesting an Echo Profile n PROGRAM mode navigate to Main Menu gt Diagnostics 3 2 gt Echo Profile 3 21 e Press RIGHT arrow gt to request a profile algorithm BLF Best of First or Largest echo confidence distance from transducer face to target 0 38 A BLF D 9 00 bul pan left right selected pan up down zoom measure exit 5 Echo amplitude dB 8 5 5 1 See Confidence 3 2 9 2 on page 202 2 See Algorithm 212 21 on page 181
262. s external totalizer relay control ENABLED DISABLED Options 2 11 3 2 Multiplier Use to scale the external totalizer up or down as required Range 0 0000001 to 99999 000 Default 1 000 Values This allows the totalizer relay to click for different values of volume Example To click once every 4310 units set 2773 2 Multiplierto 4310 9 2 2 2 11 3 3 Relay Duration The time in seconds from one change of state in the relay to the next Range 0 1 to 1024 0 Default 0 2 Values 2 11 34 Assigned Relay Determines the relay assigned to external totalizer control RELAY 1 Options RELAY 2 RELAY 3 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 177 Parameters 2 11 3 5 Relay Logic Use to change the behaviour of the relay assigned to external totalizer control 5 NORMALLY OPEN Options NORMALLY CLOSED Relay contact operation is NORMALLY CLOSED for alarms and NORMALLY OPEN for controls default a control contact is Normally Open For 2773 3 Relay Duration the corresponding relay coil is energized By setting this parameter to Normally Closed the relay coil will be de energized for the activation phase 2 114 External Sampler Available only LUT430 Pump and Flow model LUT440 OCM model This function uses a relay to signal a flo
263. sducer s maximum range 2 Material is not falling into the transducer s acoustic beam 3 Material is not inside the blanking distance near range of the transducer Types of Wrong Readings If a periodic wrong Reading is always the same value see Fixed Reading on page 243 If the wrong Reading is random ensure the distance from the transducer to the material surface is less than 225 Far Range value plus one meter i e ensure you are still within the measurement range programmed in the device If the material object monitored is outside this range increase 225 Far Range as required This error is most common in OCM applications using weirs Liquid Splashing If the material monitored is a liquid check for splashing in the vessel Enter a lower Response Rate value see page 42 to stabilize the Reading or install a stilling well Contact Siemens representative Adjust the Echo Algorithm Use SIMATIC to view echo profiles and make adjustments to the A gorithm parameter See 2 227 Algorithm on page 181 for details If the TRACKER algorithm is used and narrow noise spikes are evident on the Echo Profile widen the 212 24 Narrow Echo Filter Also if the true echo has jagged peaks use 21223 Reform Echo If multiple echoes appear on the Echo Profile typical of a flat material profile especially if the vessel top is domed use the TF True First algorithm Should a stable measurement still not be attainable co
264. setpoints are greater than their respective OFF setpoints for pump down applications or vica versa for pump up applications Ensure range set in Level Setpoint Variation 2 7 2 1 2 on page 154 has not caused ON or OFF setpoints to overlap Echo profile request results in an error icon that displays for 5 sec onds before returning to the echo profile request menu Another external communica tion is trying to access an echo profile at the same time Wait for several seconds and then retry the echo profile request or disconnect disable any external communications that may be requesting an echo profile Data log files are empty or logging has stopped Data Logging is not enabled USB cable is connected USB extension cable has been used although may not currently be connected Verify that Data Logging is enabled See Data Logging 2 10 on page 173 Disconnect USB cable as no data logs are written while device is connected to a PC via USB e USB extension cable has been used remove if currently connected a power reset of the device is required to restart Data Logging 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 239 z o a 3 Noise Problems Incorrect readings can be the result of noise problems either acoustic or electrical in the application The noise present at the input to the ul
265. sing Auto Sound Velocity Start with a steady distance at a known high distance value high distance value equates to a low level value 1 Review the distance measurement via LUI for approximately 30 seconds to verify repeatability 2 Measure the actual distance for example with a tape measure 3 Enter the actual distance defined in 2 7 7 Units Repeat this procedure if the atmosphere type concentration or temperature conditions are different from when the last sound velocity calibration was performed Note In gasses other than air the temperature variation may not correspond with the speed of sound variation Turn off temperature sensor and use a fixed temperature 2 122 Echo Select 2 12 21 Algorithm Y Selects the algorithm to be applied to the echo profile to extract the true 2 echo eo TF TRUE FIRST True First echo 5 TR TRACKER TRacker L LARGEST ECHO Largest echo Options BESTEL Best of First and Largest echo ALF AREA LARGEST FIRST Area Largest and First For more details see Algorithm on page 257 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 181 Parameters 2 12 2 2 Echo Threshold Sets the minimum echo confidence that the echo must meet in order to prevent a Loss of Echo condition and the expiration of the Fail safe LOE timer When Confidence 329 2 exceeds Echo Threshold 21222 the echo is accepted as a valid ech
266. splayed to note that LUI backup file does not match configuration file in sensor To clear fault set Backup Control option to location from where parameter configuration should be read from the LUI backup file or from the new sensor 3 3 3 Remaining Device Life Notes Four sets of parameters allow you to monitor the Device Sensor Lifetimes and set up Maintenance Service schedules based on operating hours instead of a calendar based schedule See also Remaining Sensor Life 3 34 Service Schedule 3 3 5 and Calibration Schedule 3 3 6 Performing a reset to Factory Defaults will reset all the Maintenance Schedule parameters to their factory defaults The device operates in years To view Remaining Device Lifetime parameters in hours or days only via SIMATIC PDM PACTware FDT and AMS see Lifetime Expected 3 3 3 1 The device tracks itself based on operating hours and monitors its predicted lifetime You can modify the expected device lifetime set up schedules for maintenance reminders and acknowledge them The maintenance warnings and reminders are available through HART communications This information can be integrated into an Asset Management system For optimal use we recommend that you use SIMATIC PCS7 Asset Management Software in conjunction with SIMATIC PDM To access these parameters via SIMATIC PDM e Open the menu Device Maintenance and select the Remaining Device Lifetime tab For more details see Ma
267. sure you have the latest version of SIMATIC PDM the most recent Service Pack SP and the most recent hot fix HF Go to http support automation siemens com WW llisapi dll func cslib csinfo amp lang en amp objiD 10806857 amp subtype 133100 Electronic Device Description EDD You can locate the EDD in Device Catalog under Sensors Level Echo Siemens AG SITRANS LUT400 The EDD is written for forward compatibility As a guideline to locate the correct EDD the major and minor numbers should match between the EDD revision and the Firmware revision in the device e g major and minor numbers in bold text 1 00 00 04 To check it in PDM go to SITRANS LUT400 HART gt Identification gt Device SIMATIC PDM SITRANS 107400 Project SITRANS LUT400 C Program Files SIEMENSISTEP7 s7proj Sitrans_ File View IRI Help 8 x SITRANS 111400 Jos m Parameter matching Loader Revision 20000 Firmware EDD Version 10020 10 Date of Manufacturing 20110907 a nd ED D Order Option revisions Installing a new version of SIMATIC PDM requires the most recent Service Pack SP and the most recent hot fix HF To install a new EDD Go to www siemens com sitransLUT400 gt Support gt Software Downloads to download the most up to date EDD from the product page of our website Save the files to your computer and extract the zipped file to an easily accessed locati
268. surface Verify transducer is not too tight Use an isolation coupling Incorrect transducer used for the application Use correct transducer Contact your Siemens representative Unavoidable false echoes from obstructions Relocate transducer to ensure beam has a clear path to material surface Use manual TVT shaping or Auto False Echo Suppression See TVT Shaper 2 12 4 on page 184 or Auto False Echo Suppression 2 12 3 1 on page 183 Page 236 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Symptom Accuracy Varies Cause Faulty temperature sensor Action Verify operation Replace if required or use fixed temperature See Temperature Source 2 12 1 3 on page 180 Vapours present in varying con centrations Eliminate vapours or consider a different technology Contact your Siemens representative Thermal gradients Insulate vessel Consider external temperature sensor Calibration required If accuracy is better when level is close to transducer and worse when level is far from transducer perform calibration see Auto Sound Velocity 2 12 1 6 on page 181 If accuracy is consistently incor rect use Sensor Offset 2 2 3 on page 141 or perform calibration see Auto Sensor Offset 2 2 6 on page 142 Reading erratic Transducer mounting wrong location or incorrectly mounted Ensure beam has a clear path to material surface
269. t the shot transmit pulse frequency in kHz Range 10 000 to 52 000 Values Default Depends on transducer selected in Transducer 2 1 6 2 1 8 Long Shot Duration Adjust the duration of the long shot transmit pulse in us Range 100 000 to 2000 000 Values Default Depends on transducer selected in Transducer 2 1 6 2 1 9 Short Shot Duration Adjust the duration of the short shot transmit pulse in us Range 100 000 to 2000 000 Values Default Depends on transducer selected in Transducer 2 1 6 22 Calibration 2 2 1 Low Calibration Point Distance from sensor reference point to Low Calibration Point defined in Units 211 Range 0 000 to 60 000 Values Default 60 000 1 The point from which level measurement is referenced see Sensor Mode on page 138 for illus tration Page 140 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT 2 22 High Calibration Point Distance from sensor reference point to High Calibration Point defined in Units 21 1 Range 0 000 to 60 000 Default 0 000 Values When setting the High Calibration Point value note that echoes are ignored within 224 Near Range 2 2 3 Sensor Offset The value altered when an Auto Sensor Offset 226 is performed defined in Units 2 1 1 Range 99 999 to 99 999 Default 0 000 Values Alternatively if amount
270. tage cables are not being run adjacent to high voltage cables or near to electrical noise generators such as variable speed drives Filtering cables is an option but is not recommended unless all other options have been exhausted The SITRANS LUT400 is designed to work near heavy industrial equipment such as variable speed drives Even so it should not be located near high voltage wires or switch gear Try moving the electronics to a different location Often moving the electronics a few meters farther from the source of noise will fix the problem Shielding the electronics is also an option but it should be a last resort Proper shielding is expensive and is difficult to install properly the shielding box must enclose the SITRANS LUT400 electronics completely and all wires must be brought to the box through grounded metal conduit Common Wiring Problems e sure that the transducer shield wire is connected at the electronics end only Do not ground it at any other location e not connect the transducer shield wire to the white wire e exposed transducer shield wire must be as short as possible e Connections between the wire supplied with the transducer and any customer installed extension wire should only be grounded at the LUT400 On Siemens transducers the white wire is negative and the black wire is positive If the extension wire is colored differently make sure that it is wired consistently Extension wi
271. ter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 2 5 1 Current Output Function Menu number 25 visible on LUT420 Level model OR 2 52 Current Output Function Menu number 25 2 visible on LUT430 Pump and Flow model and LUT440 OCM model Alters the mA output measurement relationship Notes e The various options have different reference points e Use caution when changing Current Output Function while the device is connected to a HART network Current Output Function controls the primary value and the loop current for the device Reference point Description n a user can enter mA value for loop cur rent Low Calibration Point measured as difference between the material level and 227Low Calibration Point defined in 227 Units High Calibration Point measured as difference between the material level and 222 High Calibration Point defined in 2 7 Units Options MANUAL LEVEL SPACE DISTANCE Sensor reference point measured as difference between the material level and sensor reference point defined in 277Units Page 144 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 converted from Level defined in Length of the cylindrical section of a horizontal parabolic end vessel See Vessel Shape 261 for an illustration VOLUME Low Calibration Point measured as difference between the liq HEAD Zero Head uid l
272. termines which relay if any will be activated when the Switch Alarm activates NO RELAY RELAY 1 Options RELAY 2 RELAY 3 28 35 Alarm State Read only Used to view the current state of the Switch Alarm Options ACTIVE INACTIVE 2 84 In bounds Level Alarm Reported when material level is within a user defined range see 284 2 High Level Value and 284 3 Low Level Value 28 4 1 Enable Enables disables In bounds Level Alarm Options ENABLED DISABLED 2 8 4 2 High Level Value Sets the upper level value for range within which the In bounds Level Alarm will activate Values Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 2 8 4 3 Low Level Value Sets the lower level value for range within which the In bounds Level Alarm will activate Values Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 Page 164 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT1 2 8 4 4 Assigned Relay Determines which relay if any will be activated when the In bounds Level Alarm activates NO RELAY RELAY 1 RELAY 2 RELAY 3 Options 2 8 4 5 Alarm State Read only Used to view the current state of the In bounds Level Alarm ACTIVE INACTIVE Options 2 8 5 Out of bounds Level Alarm Reported when material level is outside a user defined range see 2
273. terva or the relay will never reset 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 175 Y 2 2 oO Parameters 2 11 1 4 Assigned Relay Determines the relay assigned to elapsed time control RELAY 1 Options RELAY 2 RELAY 3 2 11 1 5 Relay Logic Use to change the behaviour of the relay assigned to elapsed time control NORMALLY OPEN NORMALLY CLOSED Relay contact operation is NORMALLY CLOSED for alarms and NORMALLY OPEN for controls Options By default a control contact is Normally Open For 277 3 Duration the corresponding relay coil is energized By setting this parameter to Normally Closed the relay coil will be de energized for the duration phase 2 112 Time of Day Relay This function drives a relay based on time of day The relay toggles on and off at a rate set by the parameters below This relay is not affected by LOE faults alarms or any other condition within the device 2 11 2 1 Enable Enables disables time of day relay control ENABLED Options DISABLED 2 11 22 Activation Time Sets time of day using a 24 hour clock at which the relay should activate Range 00 00 to 23 59 Format HH MM 24 hour format e g for 5 30 pm set parameter to 17 30 Default 00 00 Values For instructions on how to edit parameters with a string editor
274. th and depth for distance 3 to 5 times the depth of the flume e installed in channels under partial submergence ratio of downstream level to head Typical errors are e 1 30 submergence e 3 50 submergence For rated flows under free flow conditions the head is measured at a point downstream from the flume entrance Refer to the following table Flume Size Point of Measurement Diameter in feet inches 0 5 5 1 75 0 75 7 2 15 1 0 9 3 75 1 5 14 5 5 continued on next page 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 115 Flume Size Point of Measurement Diameter in feet cm inches 2 0 18 7 25 2 5 23 9 3 0 28 10 75 4 5 41 16 25 e H flumes come with a flat or sloping floor The same flow table can be used because error is less than 196 Universal calculation support When the primary measuring device PMD doesn t fit one of the standard types it can be programmed using a universal characterization When Universal is selected as the PMD type 275 7 Primary Measuring Device PMD then both head and flow breakpoints 275 5 Universal Head vs Flow must be entered to define the flow SITRANS LUT400 supports Universal curved cubic spline flow calculation shown in the following chart The 275 37 Method of Flow Calculation for universal support be Ratiometric or Absolute Refer to your PMD manufacturer s documentation Typical flow characterization Maximums Ma
275. than one alarm can be assigned to the same relay Level The level alarm is the most common Use this alarm to warn you when your process is in danger of being upset due to high or low levels High level and low level alarms can be set to activate when the material level rises above or falls below a set level See 2 amp 7 High Level Alarm 28 2 Low Level Alarm Example Setting a High Level Alarm To assign Relay 3 to a high level alarm that activates when the level rises above 10 m 1 Enable the High Level Alarm set 28 11 Enable Enabled 2 Set 2812 High Level Value ON 10m Page 76 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 3 Set 28 13 High Level Value 9 4 Set 2814 Assigned Helayto Relay 3 Use the High Level alarm in conjunction with 2872 Time To Spil feature See page 170 Example Setting a Low Level Alarm To assign Relay 3 to a low level alarm that activates when the level falls below 2 m Enable the Low Level Alarm set 2827 Enable Enabled Set 28 22 Low Level Value ON 2 Set 2822 Low Level Value OFF 3 Set 2824 Assigned Helayto Relay 3 gt nm In bounds Out of bounds Range Use the bounded range alarms to detect when the level is inside or outside of the range Example Setting an In bounds Level Alarm To assign Relay 3 to an in bounds level alarm do the following 1 Enable the In bounds Level Alarm set 2247 Enable Enabled 2 Set2842 High Level Value 1 30 m 3 Set
276. the Backup Level will e drive all readings that depend on Level for example space distance and flow e drive level alarms e appear in system logs e affect pump control e affect totalizers and Pumped Volume Additional considerations A Backup Level Override condition will prevent a fail safe condition from occurring when a backup level override condition is present a fail safe response will never occur This allows pumps and other controls such as level alarms to be active even during the backup level override condition Pump Interlocks Discrete inputs can be used to supply pump information to the SITRANS LUT400 to set actions that will occur when a pump is determined to be in a failed state For an example of how to configure a pump interlock see Pump Control Interlocks on page 87 Switch DI Alarm An alarm can be set to activate based on the state of a discrete input See Switch DI Alarm on page 70 for an example Page 70 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Discrete Input Logic Discrete input logic affects the reaction of the discrete input Normal state is standard operation with the SITRANS LUT400 sensing the material level and controlling the pumps The contacts of the signalling device connected to the discrete inputs may be normally open or normally closed Example Normal state for a backup high level
277. the high cost period 272 27 Peak 3 Start Time Sets the start time of the high energy cost period 3 Range 00 00 to 23 59 Format HH MM 24 hour format e g for Values 5 30pm set parameter to 17 30 Default 00 00 Used in conjunction with 27228 Peak 3 End Timeto define the high cost period Page 156 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 271228 Peak 3 End Time Sets the end time of the high energy cost period 3 Range 00 00 to 23 59 Values Format HH MM 24 hour format e g for 5 30pm set parameter to 17 30 Default 00 00 Used in conjunction with 2722 7Peak 3 Start Time to define the high cost period 21229 Peak4Start Time Sets the start time of the high energy cost period 4 Range 00 00 to 23 59 Values Format HH MM 24 hour format e g for 5 30pm set parameter to 17 30 Default 00 00 Used in conjunction with 272270 Peak 4 End Time to define the high cost period 2712 210 Peak 4 End Time Sets the end time of the high energy cost period 4 Range 00 00 to 23 59 Valuas Format HH MM 24 hour format e g for 5 30pm set parameter to 17 30 Default 00 00 Used in conjunction with 27229 Peak 4 Start Time to define the high cost period 24 2214 Peak 5 Start Time Sets the start time of the high energy cost period 5 Range 00 00 to 23 59 Values Format HH MM 24 hour format
278. through conduit eterne 16 Cable exposed and entering through the cable 17 SITRANS LUT400 wiring compartment eese 17 The Battery ide teet pe ae Rae e 17 Safety notes for connection Connecting SITRANS LUT400 Wiring compartment e C er ie te Cables Transducers Temperature sensor Relays c tcd ye C e eene ved he Ren Communications Connecting via USB Connecting ose iicet a tet ER RU MEAS Level system synchronization 2 Discrete Inputs ient tr ntes ode tt late 28 Ey gt oO o 2 8 Remote mounted lid with extension cable sss 29 Extension cable ie ea dep i e oboe o Se 30 Connecting in hazardous area installations eren 31 Commissioning Local Commissioning Activating SITRANS LUT400 2 1 02 124 212 2 2 2 80 3 7 44 8800001 nostis 33 The LCD Display essere a a aaa E 34 Measurement mode display Normal operation PROGRAM
279. tion mode decide if control devices such as pumps are to be operational during simulation by setting the Pump Activations parameter see Pump relay behaviour during simulation on page 121 WARNING Only enable Pump Activations when there is no possibility of the e pumps being damaged during simulation or if the pumps have been locally disabled through some other means While the level is being cycled check the results of the discrete inputs either by closing the circuit externally preferred or by setting DI simulation parameter to force the input ON or OFF Try all possible combinations to thoroughly test the setup When simulating a 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 123 changing level run a complete cycle from Low Calibration Point to High Calibration Point and back again to verify that the relays operate as expected Monitor system performance carefully under all anticipated operating conditions 1 When the LUT400 performs exactly as required programming is complete 2 If alternate reading units fail safe action or relay operation is desired update the parameters for the new functionality 3 If you experience problems with system performance see Diagnosing and Troubleshooting on page 229 If you cannot observe all possible operating conditions by varying the material level use Simulation process on page 122 to verify programming Retest the system each time you adjust any control
280. tion points to ensure no disconnec tion or damage repair replace if necessary If no issue with cabling con tact your local Siemens representative Device is nearing its lifetime limit according to the value set in Main tenance Required Limit Replacement is recommended 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 231 o 5 N lt z 2 General Fault Codes Continued Code Code LUI Icon PDM Icon Meaning Corrective Action 4 4 Device is nearing its lifetime limit according to the value set in Main Replacement is recommended tenance Demanded Limit 5 Saving Parameters LUI fault only Saving is in progress Do not turn off the device Wait for completion gt Sensor is nearing its lifetime limit according to the value set in Main tenance Required Limit Replacement is recommended Sensor is nearing its lifetime limit according to the value set in Main tenance Demanded Limit Replacement is recommended Service interval as defined in Main tenance Required Limit has expired Perform service x Service interval as defined in Main tenance Demanded Limit has expired Perform service red Configuration parameters are incor rect The following conditions will cause this fault Far Range Low Cal
281. tions and basic data logging capability e SITRANS LUT430 Pump and Flow Controller Full suite of advanced control functionality open channel flow monitoring and basic data logging capability e SITRANS LUT440 High Accuracy OCM Best performance rated at 1 mm accuracy up to 3 meters full suite of advanced control functionality and enhanced data logging capability Applications e Liquids solids and slurry monitoring in small to large process and storage vessels or outdoor applications open air e Environmental Mining Aggregates Cement Food amp Beverage and Chemical market applications primarily e Key sample applications include wet wells reservoirs flumes weirs chemical storage liquid storage hoppers crusher bins dry solids storage Approvals and Certificates The SITRANS LUT400 is available with General Purpose and Hazardous Area approvals It also has a number of approvals for specialized applications For details see chart below Note The device nameplate lists the approvals that apply to your device Application Approval Rating Valid for Type N America Non hazardous General Purpose CSAygjc CE FM UL listed C TICK Europe Australia 1 CSA Class Div 2 Groups A B C D Class Il Hazardous Non incendive Div 2 Groups G Class Ill Canada Not available for devices with remote display a uc N 8 SITRANS LUT400 HART
282. to be in meters m High Calibration Point Distance from Sensor Reference Point to High Calibration Point usually process full level Range 0 000 to 60 000 Value Default 0 000 3 Low Calibration Point E Distance from Sensor Reference Point to Low Calibration Point usually process 2 empty level Range 0 000 to 60 000 Value x Default 60 000 Response Rate Sets the reaction speed of the device to measurement changes in the target range Notes Response Rate can only be set through the Quick Start Wizard and any changes made to Fill Rate per Minute 2 3 1 or Empty Rate per Minute 2 3 2 parameters following the completion of the wizard will supersede the Response Rate setting Response Rate always displays in m minute SLOW 0 1 M MIN MEDIUM 1 0 M MIN FAST 10 M MIN Default SLOW 0 1 M MIN Options Use a setting just faster than the maximum filling or emptying rate whichever is greater Slower settings provide higher accuracy faster settings allow for more level fluctuations 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 49 Calculation factors Notes The following five parameters will display in the wizard based on the PMD selected above e These parameters are used in the flow calculation formula see Method of How Calculation on page 266 Flow Exponent PMD EXPONENTIAL DEVICES Th
283. to go beyond the normal Relay ON Setpoint before a pump is started enter the value to be used for the high energy cost period 2 7 2 2 16 Peak OFF Setpoint Pump 2 Sets the process point at which Pump 2 will turn off when in a peak period Range 0 000 to 99999 000 Default 0 000 Values To stop the pump s before the normal relay OFF Setpoint and reduce pump running time Enter the value to be used for the high cost period Page 158 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT 2 7 2 3 Pump Run On Available only on LUT430 Pump and Flow model and LUT440 OCM model For details on relay behaviour under fail safe conditions see Pump relays on page 66 24 231 Enable Enables disables Pump Run On ENABLED DISABLED Options 24 232 Interval The number of hours between pump run on occurrences Range 0 00 to 1000 00 Default 0 00 Values To clear sediment in a pump down wet well run the pump after the normal OFF setpoint is reached to force some solid material through This parameter sets the time between such events Only the last pump running can run on 24 23 33 Run On Duration Pump 1 The number of seconds that the pump will run on Range 0 to 65535 Default 0 Values Each pump capacity will determine the amount of material that can be removed Choose a value long enough to clean out the vessel bot
284. to slot below battery and pry upward 4 Lift out battery 5 new battery and press down on face of battery to secure in holder 6 Press down on plastic battery cover to secure in place 7 Close enclosure lid and tighten screws 8 Reset the Real Time Clock See Date and Time 2 14 on page 187 o o z 5 E gt Page 226 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Decontamination Declaration Any device returned to Siemens for repair must be accompanied by a Declaration of Decontamination With this declaration you certify that the returned products spare parts have been carefully cleaned and are free from any residues If the device has been operated together with toxic caustic flammable or water damaging products clean the device before return by rinsing or neutralizing Ensure that all cavities are free from dangerous substances Then double check the device to ensure the cleaning is completed Siemens will not service a device or spare part unless the declaration of decontamination confirms proper decontamination of the device or spare part Shipments received without a declaration of decontamination will be cleaned professionally at your expense before further processing Decontamination Declaration form can be found on the internet at Www siemens com processinstrumentation under Service Decontamination Declaration m 5 z 5 D 5
285. tom yet short enough not to run the pump dry Also be sure that this value does not overlap with Run On Interval 2 7 2 3 2 24 234 Run On Duration Pump 2 The number of seconds that the pump will run on Range 0 to 65535 Default 0 Values 79 E Each pump capacity will determine the amount of material that can be removed Choose a value long enough to clean out the vessel bottom yet short enough not to run the pump dry Also be sure that this value does not overlap with Run On Interval 2 7 2 3 2 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 159 Parameters 2 7 2 4 Pump Start Delays Available only on LUT430 Pump and Flow model and LUT440 DCM model 24 241 Delay Between Starts The minimum delay in seconds between pump starts Range 0 to 65535 Default 10 Values Use this feature to reduce a power surge from all pumps starting at the same time This delay determines when the next pump is permitted to start Note If a delay is configured it will be respected when in simulation mode see Pump relay behaviour during simulation on page 121 27 242 Power Resumption Delay The minimum delay in seconds before the first pump restart after a power failure Range 0 to 65535 Values Default 60 This reduces the power surge from multiple instruments starting their pumps immediately on power
286. tp Awww siemens com automation service amp support There you will find e latest product information FAQs downloads tips and tricks e Our newsletter providing you with the latest information about our products e Our bulletin board where users and specialists share their knowledge worldwide e Your local contact partner for Industry Automation and Drives Technologies in our partner database e Information about field service repairs spare parts and lots more under Services Additional Support Please contact your local Siemens representative and offices if you have additional questions about the device Find your contact partner at Local contact person http www siemens com automation partner gt UJ LI 5 7 go N 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 269 Notes o 08 n ce LI lt 270 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 List of Abbreviations e Shortform Long Form Description Units 2 AC Alternating Current power source 5 lt AFES Auto False Echo Suppression Conformit Europ ene Factory CE FM CSA Mutual Canadian Standards safety approval Association BS 3680 Flow standard from the British Standards Institute DC Direct Current power source DTM Device Type Manager EDD Electronic Device Description
287. trasonic receiver can be determined by viewing the echo profile locally via the LUI or alternatively using remote software such as SIMATIC AMS Device Manager FC375 475 or DTM View also parameters 32 94 Noise Average and 3 29 5 Noise Peak general the most useful value is the average noise C E z 2 With no transducer attached the noise is under 5 dB This is often called the noise floor If the value with a transducer attached is greater than 5 dB signal processing problems can occur High noise decreases the maximum distance that can be measured The exact relationship between noise and maximum distance is dependent on the transducer type and the material being measured An average noise level greater than 30 dB may be cause for concern if the installed transducers maximum operation range matches the range of the application e g 8 m application using an 8 m XRS 5 Using a larger transducer with greater transmitted energy should help to improve performance in a noise condition Determine the Noise Source Disconnect the transducer from the SITRANS LUT400 If the measured noise is below 5 dB then continue here If the measured noise is above 5 dB go to Won Transducer Noise Sources below 1 Connect only the shield wire of the transducer to the SITRANS LUT400 If the measured noise is below 5 dB continue with the next step If the noise is above 5 dB go to Common Wiring Problems bel
288. ture 79 E a Note PV is controlled by the mA function see 257 Current Output Function Therefore the LUI operation can be changed via 242 Sensor Mode without affecting the process being controlled 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 201 Parameters 3 2 7 3 2 8 3 2 9 Pump Records Relay usage 3 2 7 1 Run Time Relay 2 Read or set the total running time of Relay 2 in hours Values Range 0 to 999999 3 2 7 2 Run Time Relay Read or set the total running time of Relay 3 in hours Values Range 0 to 999999 3 2 7 3 Relay Pump 1 Read only Relay assigned to Pump 1 To change the relay assignment see 2772 Relay Pump 1 3 2 7 4 Relay Pump 2 Read only Relay assigned to Pump 2 To change the relay assignment see 27 3 Relay Pump 2 Temperature Peak Values This feature displays the high and low process temperatures in C If the device is powered up without a temperature sensor connected the default fixed temperature value 20 is displayed see Fixed Temperature 2 12 1 4 This information can help trace problems with both built in and external temperature sensors 3 2 81 Highest Value View the highest process temperature encountered as measured by the transducer in C 3 2 8 2 Lowest Value View the lowest process temperature encountered as measured by the transducer in C Echo Quality 3 2 9 1
289. uding any relays configured for alarms will activate based on the simulated value See Alarms 2 8 on page 162 e Relays configured for pumps If the device is configured for a pump application then the corresponding relay indicators on the LCD will also show when the pumps would activate By default the relay contacts themselves will not activate in simulation mode but this behaviour can be changed if desired see Pump relay behaviour during simulation on page 121 Logging Log files will reflect the simulated values This includes logging simulated high flow low flow conditions and any alarms Page 120 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 The following functions will not respond to the simulated value when in simulation mode e Fault Conditions LUT400 will never enter the Fail safe state when in simulation mode For further details see Fa safe and Simulation on page 122 e Backup Level Override If a Backup Level Override switch is configured and it lies within the simulated Level range it will not be simulated To simulate a Backup Level Override simulate the discrete input See Simulating Discrete Inputs on page 123 Totalizing of OCM Flow Totalizing of flow OCM applications does not occur during simulation The Daily Totalizer 2767 and Running Totalizer 276 2 will not increase in value during simulation Totalizing of Pumped Volume Totalizing of pumped volume does n
290. ue The mA value to use when Current Output Function 2 5 1 is set to Manual Allows you to use a simulated value to test the functioning of the loop You can enter 4 mA 20 mA or any other user defined value within the range Range 3 5 to 22 8 mA Default 3 58 Values a First set Current Output Function 2 5 1 to Manual b Setthis parameter to the desired mA value c After completing the test remember to reset Current Output Function 2 51 to the previous setting Via SIMATIC PDM Open the menu Device Loop Test 2 58 Current Output Value Head only Displays the current mA value including a simulated value entered to test the functioning of the loop Values Range 3 5 to 22 8 mA 2 6 Volume Carries out a volume conversion from a level value Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 2 6 1 Vessel Shape 9Defines the vessel shape and allows the LUT400 to calculate volume instead of level If None is selected no volume conversion is performed Select the vessel shape matching the monitored vessel or reservoir Vessel Shape LCD DISPLAY Also Description required NONE None No volume calculation N A required 79 2 7 LINEAR maximum Upright linear flat bottom volume CYLINDER maximum Flat end horizontal cylinder volume 7 119985
291. uired for exponential device absolute calculation only Application information e Designed to be installed directly into pipelines and manholes e Leopold Lagco may be classed as a rectangular Palmer Bowlus flume e Sized by pipe sewer diameter For rated flows under free flow conditions the head is measured at a point upstream referenced to the beginning of the converging section Refer to the following table Flume Size Point of Measurement pipe diameter in inches cm inches 4 12 2 5 1 15 3 2 1 25 18 44 1 75 21 51 2 Page 102 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Flume Size Point of Measurement pipe diameter in inches inches 24 6 4 2 5 30 76 3 42 8 9 3 5 48 10 2 4 54 11 4 45 60 12 7 5 66 14 0 5 5 72 15 2 6 Cut Throat Flume Plan View Application information e Similar to Parshall flume except that the floor is flat bottomed and throat has no virtual length e Refer to manufacturer s specifications for flow equation and point of head measurement 2151 Primary Measuring Device PMD Exponential Devices 21532 Flow Exponent 156 2 002 21533 Maximum Head 215 34 Maximum Flow at 20 2153 7 Flowrate Units 21541 K Facto a E gt i 11 a Typical Flow Exponent range for Cut Throat Flume consult your flume docu mentation b Required for exponential device absolute calculation only 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT40
292. uit separate from other wiring except TS 3 temperature sensor wiring if applicable Notes Do not use coaxial cable with SITRANS LUT400 due to high voltage transmitted on shield of coaxial cable Do not connect the LUT400 shield and white transducer wires together wire to separate terminals 3 TRANSDUCER wr y l Temperature sensor The speed of sound changes as temperature changes To ensure accurate level measurement the SITRANS LUT400 compensates via an external temperature input All Siemens EchoMax transducers have an internal temperature sensor for this purpose and for the fastest temperature response Siemens also offers a dedicated temperature sensor the TS 3 If the following conditions apply a separate TS 3 temperature sensor will ensure optimum accuracy e transducer is exposed to direct sunlight or other radiant heat source e the temperature of the atmosphere between the transducer face and monitored surface differs from the temperature of the transducer e faster response to temperature changes is required To achieve the best performance of temperature measurement in a typical open channel flow application the temperature sensor should be shielded from direct sunlight and mounted half way between the ultrasonic transducer face and the maximum head achievable in the application Care should be taken to not obstruct the direct sound path of the ultras
293. ulations interpret between the Volume 5 59 breakpoints to produce an accurate model of Volume 6 6 3 the volume at all level readings Volume 7 6 7 Volume 8 71 Settings Volume 9 78 26 1 Vessel Shape LINEAR TABLE for Volume 10 82 linear approximation Volume 11 8 8 261 Vessel Shape CURVE TABLE for Volume 12 92 curved approximation Volume 13 10 9 f Volume 14 130 Linear approximation uses a linear Volume 15 150 algorithm curved approximation uses a cubic spline algorithm oO 5 oO oO 2 a 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 75 Alarms Set the common parameters sensor 04m reference point High Level a PaE Value 777 aa ro High Cal Point material level reading 1 8 Low Level Value et Cal Point Prerequisite You must know the details of your application and substitute the values for the sample values provided If you are bench testing the device then set your test values to be the same as the sample values Parameter Sample Value S 212 Sensor Mode for Level LEVEL FLOW 213 Sensor Mode for Flow Response Rate MEDIUM 216 Transducer XPS 10 211 Units for Level Alarms M 215 37 Howrate Units for Flowrate Alarms L S 221 Low Calibration Point 1 8 222 High Calibration Point 0 4 Note When configuring alarms more
294. ume e m 9 LI Page 266 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Data Logging Data logs are available for Alarms OCM flow Daily Totals and Primary Variable The logs can be examined locally via LUI see View Logs 3 2 6 or via USB on a computer After connecting the USB cable browse to the USB drive on the computer Logs can be viewed on the USB drive or can be copied from the USB drive to another local computer drive Note No data logs are written while device is connected to a PC via USB Log files written to a local computer drive via USB are comma delimited files and a list of file headings for each type of log is shown below Log type Headings Alarms Current Date YYYY MM DD Current Time 55 Alarm Name Alarm Value Alarm State Current Date YYYY MM DD Current Time HH MM SS Current Head Value in level units Current Flow Value in flowrate units Daily Totals Current Date YYYY MM DD Maximum Daily Flow in flowrate units Minimum Daily Flow in flowrate units Daily Average Flow in flowrate units Daily Totalized Volume in volume units Daily Running Totalized Volume in volume units Daily Maximum Temperature in temperature units Daily Minimum Temperature in temperature units PV Current Date YYYY MM DD Current Time HH MM SS PV i
295. ume calculation accuracy 2 6 1 Vessel Shape set to Universal Curved This calculation creates a cubic spline approximation of the level volume curve providing best results if the curve is non linear and there are no sharp angles ul o Select at least enough breakpoints from the curve to satisfy the following gt gt LI 2 zo e two breakpoints very near the minimum level e one breakpoint at the tangent points of each arc e breakpoint at each arc apex e two breakpoints very near the maximum level For combination curves enter at least two breakpoints immediately before and after any sharp angle as well as one breakpoint exactly at the angle on the curve 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 263 Pump Totalizers Inflow Discharge Adjust Pumped volume totals are affected by the inflow or discharge rate This rate can be calculated based on rate of change estimation or pump cycle timing Using Inflow Discharge Adjust 2 7 3 4 set option Based on rate estimation to have the inflow rate measured just prior to the start of the pump cycle pump down well refills Inflow estimation L Level T Time Set option Based on pump cycle to calculate the inflow based on the change of volume between the end of the last pump cycle and the start of the next one and the time period between the last cycle and the current one
296. up 212 3 gt Auto False Echo Suppression 212 31 and press RIGHT arrow to open Edit Mode Select Learn The device will automatically revert to On Use Learned TVT after a few seconds 2 12 3 2 Auto False Echo Suppression Range Specifies the range within which Learned is used see Auto False Echo Suppression on page 183 for more detail Values Range 0 000 to 60 000 m Default 1 000 a b c d Calculate range according to Auto False Echo Suppression 2 12 3 1 steps a and b Press RIGHT arrow to open Edit mode Enter the new value and press RIGHT arrow to accept it Navigate to Setup 2 gt Signal Processing 2 12 gt TVT Setup 2 12 3 gt Auto False Echo Suppression 212 31 and set value 2 12 3 3 Hover Level Defines how high the TVT Time Varying Threshold is placed above the noise floor of the echo profile as a percentage of the difference between the peak of the largest echo in the profile and the noise floor See Example before Auto False Echo Suppression on page 259 for an illustration Values Range 0 to 100 Default 40 When the device is located in the center of the vessel the TVT hover level may be lowered to increase the confidence level of the largest echo 2 12 34 Shaper Mode Enables disables the TVT shaper Options ON Turn Shaper Mode ON before using 2 24 TVT Shaper Turn the Shape
297. uration Units Source 261 Vessel Shape NONE 216 Totalizers 0CM 21537 Flowrate Units flow totalizer 261 Vessel Shape any setting 272 Totalizers pumped 26 2 Volume Units other than NONE volume totalizer Volume Configuration Totalizer Source By using 27742 Multiplier the relay contacts can be based on a volume other than multiple of ten Parameter prinia Description 21141 Enable Enabled Enables Flow Sampler Relay e 21142 Multiplier 4310 Click once every 4310 units 211443 Interval 2 Sets the INTERVAL in hours of the relay 5 contact usually long 21144 Helay Duration 02 Sets the DURATION in seconds of the X relay contact usually short 21145 Assigned Relay Relay 1 Sets relay 1 to be controlled by flow sampler 21146 Helay Logic Use if necessary to change the Normally behaviour of the relay assigned to the Closed sampler Default Normally Open During the periods of low flow the sampler may be idle for lengths of time Program 21143 Interva time in hours to drive the sampler The sampler will operate based on the volume of flow or the time interval whichever comes first Page 96 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 Open Channel Monitoring An OCM installation is defined one of three ways based on the Primary Measuring Device PMD 1 Dimensional For some common weir and flume types PMD dimensions 275 4 PMD Dimensions are entered directly
298. ustrial areas Operation of this equipment in a residential area may cause interference to several frequency based communications e Please follow the installation and operating procedures for a quick trouble free installation and to ensure the maximum accuracy and reliability of your SITRANS LUT400 This manual applies to the SITRANS LUT400 series only This manual will help you set up your SITRANS LUT400 for optimum performance We always welcome suggestions and comments about manual content design and accessibility Please direct your comments to techpubs smpi siemens com 2 E gt N gt For other Siemens level measurement manuals go to www siemens com level and look under Level Measurement Manual symbols Please note their use carefully Alternating Current _ Direct Current Earth ground Terminal Protective Conductor Terminal Caution refer to instructions No co axial cable connections Application examples The application examples used in this manual illustrate typical installations using SITRANS LUT400 As there is often a range of ways to approach an application other configurations may also apply In all examples substitute your own application details If the examples do not apply to your application check the applicable parameter reference for the available options 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPER
299. uts Simulates behaviour of external contacts connected to a discrete input 3 4 21 Discrete Input 1 Disables simulation of Discrete Input 1 or sets behaviour of DI during simulation DISABLED Dl is not simulated Options ON DI is simulated to be ON OFF Dl is simulated to be OFF 3 4 2 2 Discrete Input 2 Disables simulation of Discrete Input 2 or sets behaviour of DI during simulation DISABLED DI is not simulated Options ON is simulated to be ON OFF DI is simulated to be OFF 3 4 3 Pump Activations Sets how physical relays that are assigned to pumps will behave in simulation mode DISABLED Pump relays are not activated in simulation Options ENABLED Pump relays are activated in simulation 4 Communication 4 1 Device Address Sets the device address or poll ID on a HART network Range 0 to 63 Set within range of 0 to 15 if HART 5 master used Default 0 Values To reset Device Address via SIMATIC PDM Open the project in Process Device Network View then right click on the device Go to Object Properties and open the Connection tab to access the field Short Address Note The following list of parameters are available in PDM Unless otherwise stated the options are displayed in integer format as required by HART communications Manufacturer s ID Read only Numerical code that refers to the
300. vel of maintenance reminder has been acknowledged In SIMATIC PDM open the menu View Device Status click on the Maintenance tab and check the Sensor Lifetime Status window 3 3 4 9 Acknowledged Acknowledges the current maintenance reminder To acknowledge a reminder via SIMATIC PDM a the menu View Device Status and click on the Maintenance tab b Inthe Sensor Lifetime section click on Acknowledge Warnings SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVO1 To acknowledge a reminder via the local push buttons a Navigate to Maintenance and Diagnostics 3 Maintenance 3 3 gt Remaining Sensor Life 3 3 4 gt Acknowledged 3 3 3 9 and RIGHT arrow to acknowledge the reminder 3 3 5 Service Schedule Notes Four sets of parameters allow you to monitor the Device Sensor Lifetimes and set up Maintenance Service schedules based on operating hours instead of a calendar based schedule See also Remaining Device Life 3 3 3 Remaining Sensor Life 3 3 4 and Calibration Schedule 3 3 6 Performing a reset to Factory Defaults will reset all the Maintenance Schedule parameters to their factory defaults The device operates in years To view Service Interval parameters in hours or days only via SIMATIC PDM PACTware FDT and AMS see Service Interval 3 3 51 The device tracks service intervals based on operating hours and monitors the predicted lifetime to the next serv
301. via USB connect SITRANS LUT400 to your computer via the USB cable 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 125 Configuring communication ports HART modem Vote It is recommended that only HCF registered modems be used Device Address The unique identifier of the SITRANS LUT400 on a HART network Range 0 to 63 Set within range of 0 to 15 if HART 5 master used Default 0 Values Set the device address or poll ID on a HART network Prior to HART 6 the device address was set to 0 for point to point operation For HART Multi drop mode the device was set to any value other than 0 within the range Setting a non zero address forced the device into fixed current mode With HART 6 and above version 7 2 supported by LUT400 Multi drop mode no longer depends on the device address However it is recommended that a non zero address be set to avoid confusion based on previous HART requirements To set the LUT400 in Multi drop mode disable Loop current mode via one of the HART communication software tools such as SIMATIC When Zoop current mode is disabled a low fixed current is used allowing for multiple devices to be connected Note Loop current mode can not be disabled via LUI or Web Browser See 47 Device Address on page 215 USB cable See Communications on page 24 for typical setup via USB then follow instructions under Installing the USB driver in the LUT400 Co
302. vigate to MAIN MENU gt DIAGNOSTICS 3 gt ECHO PROFILE 3 1 b Press RIGHT arrow to request a profile Note An Echo Profile 3 21 cannot be requested from LUI when Transducer Enable 3 31 is set to DISABLED or when Transducer 21 6 is set to NO TRANSDUCER In either case the local push button will not operate For more detail see Requesting an Echo Profile on page 57 For more details on how to interpret an Echo Profile see Echo Processing on page 255 To request a profile via SIMATIC PDM a Open the menu Device Echo Profile Utilities For more details see Echo Profile Utilities in LUT400 Communications manual 3 2 2 Trend Read only Display of level trends Captures last 3000 PV values logged at five minute intervals in percentage of range defined 2 1 1 Units For more information see Trends on page 118 3 2 3 Master Reset Note Following a reset to Factory Defaults complete reprogramming is required Resets all parameter to factory defaults with the following exceptions Long Tag Description Message Assembly Number e Device Address 4 1 and Language 6 remain unchanged e Write Protection 5 1 value is not reset Auto False Echo Suppression 2 12 3 1 learned is not lost e Shaper Mode 2 12 3 4 and breakpoints for Shaper 2 12 4 are not lost e Totalizers 2 73 values are not reset 1 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual
303. w sampling device when a certain volume of material has passed through a system set by the Multiplier or after a defined period of time set by the Interval The relay toggles on and off at a rate set by the parameters below For details on relay behaviour under fail safe conditions see Miscellaneous relays on page 66 Note Default settings in the parameter tables are indicated with an asterisk unless explicitly stated 2 11 41 Enable Enables disables flow sampler relay control ENABLED DISABLED Options 21142 Multiplier Use to scale the external sampler up or down as required Range 0 0000001 to 99999 000 Default 1 000 Values This allows the sampler relay to click for different values of volume Example To click once every 4310 flow units set 2774 2 Multplierto 4310 2 11 43 Interval The time in hours from the activation of the relay until the next activation Range 0 10 to 99999 00 Default 1 00 Values Setthe time to activate the relay during low flow conditions Page 178 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MVOT 21144 Relay Duration The time in seconds from one change of state in the relay to the next Range 0 1 to 1024 0 Default 0 2 Values This value must be less than the 2774 3 the relay will never reset 2 11 45 Assigned Relay Determines the relay assigned to flow samp
304. with the discrete input becomes active when the discrete input is in a user defined state 5 i a 5 Fail safe fault The relay alarm state becomes active when a fault that has caused a fail safe condition is present The relay alarm state becomes inactive when no faults that cause fail safe are present Flowrate Available for LUT440 OCM model only In high alarm the alarm state becomes active when the flowrate exceeds High Flowrate Value ON and inactive when the flowrate falls below High Flowrate Value OFF In low alarm the alarm state becomes active when the flowrate falls below Low Flowrate Value ON and inactive when the flowrate rises above Low Flowrate Value OFF Pump Setpoint ON OFF If the ON setpoint is higher than the OFF setpoint the relay operates as e pump down control If the ON setpoint is lower than the OFF setpoint the relay operates as pump up control 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 65 Miscellaneous Totalizer and samplers Refer to Other Pump Controls on page 87 Relays are normally de energized contact closure is approximately 200 ms duration Relay behaviour under fail safe conditions A fail safe condition generally indicates that the level reading is not reliable or is unknown In such a situation pumps will not run and alarms that are based on level or a derivative reading will not activate The following d
305. x Head Max Flow Curved Flow Breakpoints iS im o o Head Breakpoints Characterization is achieved by entering the head and corresponding flow breakpoints either from empirical measurement or from the manufacturer s specification Increasing the number of defined breakpoints will increase the accuracy of the flow measurement Breakpoints should be concentrated in areas exhibiting the higher degrees of non linear flow A maximum of 32 breakpoints can be defined with a minimum of four required The curve s end point is always specified by the parameters 275 3 3 Maximum Head and 21534 Maximum Flow at 20 mA These two parameter values are in addition to the 32 breakpoints available for definition Use as many breakpoints as required by the complexity of your PMD See Volume on page 73 for more information and parameter 275 5 Universal Head vs Flowfor characterization Page 116 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML19985MV01 Max Flow 2g e g a Zero Flow 3 Head Breakpoints 5 N Example flumes These example flumes would both require a universal calculation Trapezoidal z E gt i 11 a Dual Range nested Parshall 7ML19985MV01 SITRANS LUT400 HART
306. y selecting Enabled the external sampler is now activated In this example the LUT440 will activate the E external sampler every 1000 flow units owrate Multiplier 23182 us Units defined above during initial application setup In low flow conditions where the sampler may not activate for extended periods of time a relay interval can be programmed to allow for sampler activation after a defined number of hours In this example activation should occur every 24 hours Relay Duration 2114 4 02 Duration of time in seconds that the relay will energize or tick Relay 2 has been selected for control in this Assigned Relay 2 11 4 5 Relay 2 example as relay 1 has been allocated to the Fail safe alarm Normal Default for control relay functions is Normally Relay Logic 2 11 4 6 Open In this example relay 2 s coil will be Nor mally Open and will close for 0 2 seconds 7 119985 01 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 61 8 5 2 3 a Notes 1 e Page 62 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7ML1998MV01 General Operation This chapter provides details on the general operation and functionality of the SITRANS LUT400 For instructions on the use of the device LCD and local push buttons refer to 77e LCD Display on page 34 Starting measurement The SITRANS LUT400 is a single point device The d
307. zer value Automatically resets daily and can be reset by user Range 0 00 to 999999999 Values Default 0 00 2 16 2 Running Totalizer Read only Current running totalizer value Reset only by user Range 0 00 to 999999999 Values Default 0 00 2 16 3 Totalizer Decimal Position Sets the maximum number of decimal places to be displayed s NO DIGITS no digits after the decimal point E Options 1 DIGIT 1 digit after the decimal point 2DIGITS 2 digits after the decimal point 3 DIGITS 3 digits after the decimal point 1 Communications for SITRANS LUT400 HART Manual 7ML19985NE01 7ML19985MVO1 SITRANS LUT400 HART OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Page 197 Parameters 2 16 4 Totalizer Multiplier Use this feature if the LCD Total increments by an amount that is too large or too small 001 01 1 1 10 Options 100 1000 10 000 100 000 1 000 000 10 000 000 Enter the factor powers of 10 only by which actual flow is divided prior to display on LCD Use a value such that the eight digit totalizer doesn t roll over between readings Example For an LCD Total display in 1000s of flow units enter 1000 2 16 5 Reset Daily Totalizer Select YES to reset daily totalizer value to zero NO Options YES 2 16 6 Reset Running Totalizer Select YES to reset runn

Connecting SITRANS LUT400 - Lesman Instrument Company

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents